cm-help.en.txt 309.2 KB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086 7087 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 7394 7395 7396 7397 7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 7470 7471 7472 7473 7474 7475 7476 7477 7478 7479 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 7514 7515 7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 7527 7528 7529 7530 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7537 7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 7562 7563 7564 7565 7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7585 7586 7587 7588 7589 7590 7591 7592 7593 7594 7595 7596 7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624 7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 7648 7649 7650 7651 7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 7662 7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668 7669 7670 7671 7672 7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 7679 7680 7681 7682 7683 7684 7685 7686 7687 7688 7689 7690 7691 7692 7693 7694 7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 7811 7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 7835 7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865 7866 7867 7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951 7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 7991 7992 7993 7994 7995 7996 7997 7998 7999 8000 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8081 8082 8083 8084 8085 8086 8087 8088 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123
== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ACL ==
Sets permissions on an object.

== CMD_USAGE_ACL ==
Usage:

    cm ^acl (--^user=<usr_name> | --^group=<group_name>)
           (-^allowed|-^denied|-^overrideallowed|-^overridedenied=+|-<permission>[,...])[,...]
           <objectspec>

    --^user             User name.
    --^group            Group name.
    -^allowed           Enables the specified permission or permissions. Use a
                       comma to separate permissions. (Use 'cm ^showpermissions'
                       to display all the available permissions.)
    -^denied            Denies the specified permission or permission. Use a
                       comma to separate permissions. (Use 'cm ^showpermissions'
                       to display all the available permissions.)
    -^overrideallowed   Overrides the allowed permission or permissions. Use a
                       comma to separate permissions. (Use 'cm ^showpermissions'
                       to display all the available permissions.)
    -^overridedenied    Overrides the denied permission or permissions. Use a
                       comma to separate permissions. (Use 'cm ^showpermissions'
                       to display all the available permissions.)
    objectspec         The object whose permissions will be set.
                       The valid objects for this command are:
                       repserver, repository, branch, changeset, label, item,
                       and attribute.
                       (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

Special usage for secured paths:
    cm ^acl [(--^user=<usr_name> | --^group=<group_name>)
            (-^allowed|-^denied|-^overrideallowed|-^overridedenied=+|-<permission>[,...])[,...]]
            [--^delete] [--^branches=[+ | -]<branch>[,...]] 
            <spec>

    --^delete           Removes a secured path.
                       See Remarks for more info.
    --^branches         Sets the secured path permissions to a group of branches.
                       Use a comma to separate branches. 
                       Optionally, each branch can be preceded by the + or -
                       sign to specify whether a branch must be added or deleted
                       to the list when editing.
                       See Remarks for more info.
    spec               The secured path where to set the permissions.

== CMD_HELP_ACL ==
Configuring permissions requires understanding how Plastic SCM security works.
Check the Security Guide to learn how permissions work:
https://www.plasticscm.com/download/help/securityguide

Remarks:

    This command sets permissions for a user or group on the specified objects,
    repositories, branches, labels and/or server paths.

    Object specs:
        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify objects.)
        The '^acl' command uses a special type of spec: secured paths.

        - Secured paths specs:
            ^path:server_path[#tag]
            Examples: ^path:/src/foo.c
                      ^path:/doc/pdf
                      ^path:/doc/pdf#documents

    Permission action:
        Use -^allowed and -^denied to specify what permissions to set.
        Use -^overrideallowed and -^overridedenied arguments to specify what
        permissions to override.

        Each action requires a permission list separated by commas.

    Permission names:
        Each permission name is preceded by + or - symbol.
        The + symbol sets the permission and the - symbol clears it.
        To see the permissions of an object, use the 'cm ^showacl' command.

    Overridden permissions:
        Overriding a permission using -^overrideallowed and -^overridedenied
        allows you to bypass inheritance.
        It is helpful to bypass permissions set at the repository or server
        level.
        Example:
            cm ^acl --^user=vio -^allowed=+^ci -^overrideallowed=+^ci ^br:qa@test
            (Allows user 'vio' to checkin on the branch 'qa' on repo 'test'
            even if she has the permission denied at the repo level.)

    Server path permissions (a.k.a. secured paths):
        - It is possible to specify permissions for a given server path.
        - These permissions are checked during the checkin operation.
        - These permissions can also be checked during the update operation,
          and can be used as a way to prevent certain directories and files to
          be downloaded to the workspace.
        - For every item to checkin, the server tries to match the item path
          with a secured path. If it matches, the checkin operation checks
          whether the item has permissions to be checked in.

        The permissions that can be defined for a secured path are the
        following:
            '^ci', '^change', '^add', '^move', '^rm', '^read'

        If the permissions check is not successful for any of the involved
        items, the checkin operation will be rolled back.

        To set secured path permissions to a group of branches, use the
        --^branches option.
        Example:
          cm ^acl --^user=jo -^denied=+^ci ^path:/src#rule0 --^branches=main,main/rel0

        To edit the ACL associated to the secured path, the tag is useful.
        Example:
          cm ^acl --^user=jo -^denied=+^rm ^path:/src#rule0
          (Without the tag, the list of branches would need to be specified
          again.)

        The list of branches of the secured path can be edited.
        Example:
          cm ^acl ^path:/src#rule0 --^branches=-main,+main/rel1
          (Removes 'main' from the list and adds 'main/rel1'.)

        To remove a secured path, use the --^delete argument.
        Example:
          cm ^acl --^user=jo --^delete ^path:/src#rule0

    Inheritance:
        Inheritance is an option that comes from the days of Plastic SCM 3.0.
        It is advanced, but almost deprecated.
        It lets an object inherit its permissions from any other object,
        overriding the default inheritance relationships.

        Use the option -^cut to cut the inheritance chain.
        Use the option -^cutncpy to cut and copy the current inherited
        permissions. (This is inspired on the Windows filesystem permissions
        where you can cut inheritance but retain the actual permissions.)

        The -^inherit option allows the user to inherit from an object spec.
        Example: '-^inherit=object_spec'

Examples:

    cm ^acl --^user=danipen -^denied=+^ci ^rep:core
    (Denies checkin for user 'danipen' on repo 'core'.)

    cm ^acl --^group=developers -^allowed=+^view,-^read -^denied=+^chgperm ^br:main
    (The command grants view permission, clears read permission,
    and denies chgperm permission to 'developers' group in 'main' branch.)

Secured path examples:

    cm ^acl --^group=devs -^denied=+^ci ^path:/server#rel --^branches=main,main/2.0
    (The command denies the checkin permission to 'devs' group for any path
    that matches '/server' in the branches 'main' and 'main/2.0'. The tag '#rel'
    is created to be able to refer to it later.)

    cm ^acl ^path:/server#rel --^branches=-/main,+/main/Rel2.1
    (Updates the secured path '/server', whose tag is 'rel', removing the
    'main' branch and adding the branch 'main/Rel2.1' to the branch
    group the secured path applies to. Considering the previous example,
    now the branches list will contain 'main/Rel2.1' and 'main/2.0'.)

    cm ^acl --^user=vsanchezm -^allowed=-^read -^overrideallowed=+^read ^path:/doc
    (Removes '^read' permission to 'vsanchezm' overriding it in '/doc' path.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ACTIVATEUSER ==
Activates a licensed user.

== CMD_USAGE_ACTIVATEUSER ==
Usage:

    cm ^activateuser | ^au <user-name>[ ...] [--^server=<rep-server-spec>]

    user-name   The user name or user names to activate. Use double quotes (" ")
                to specify user names containing spaces. Use a whitespace to
                separate user names.

Options:
    --^server=<rep-server-spec>  Activates the user in the specified server.
                                If no server is specified, executes the command
                                in the default server in the client.conf file.
                                (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about
                                repserver specs.)

== CMD_HELP_ACTIVATEUSER ==
Remarks:

    To activate a user, it must have been previously deactivated.
    By default, a user is activated the first time they perform a write
    operation in Plastic SCM. The user is automatically activated only if
    the maximum number of users has not been exceeded.

    See the 'cm ^help ^deactivateuser' command for more information about
    deactivating Plastic SCM users.

Examples:

    cm ^activateuser john
    cm ^activateuser david "mary collins"
    cm ^au peter --^server=localhost:8087

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ADD ==
Adds an item to version control.

== CMD_USAGE_ADD ==
Usage:

    cm ^add [-^R | -^r | --^recursive] [--^silent] [--^ignorefailed]
           [--^skipcontentcheck] [--^coparent] [--^filetypes=<file>] [--^noinfo]
           [--^format=<str-format>] [--^errorformat=<str-format>] 
           <item-path>[ ...]

    item-path   The item or items to add. Use double quotes (" ") to specify
                paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate items. 
                Use * to add all the contents of the current directory.

Options:

    -^R -^r --^recursive   Adds items recursively.
    --^silent            Does not show any output.
    --^ignorefailed      If an item cannot be added, the add operation will
                        continue without it. Note: If a directory cannot be
                        added, its content is not added.
    --^skipcontentcheck  When the extension is not enough to set the file as
                        text or binary, it will be set as binary instead of
                        checking the content to detect the type. This is done
                        to increase performance on huge checkins.
    --^coparent          Runs a checkout of the parent of the item being added.
    --^filetypes         The filetypes file to use. Check the following link for
                        more information:
                        http://blog.plasticscm.com/2008/03/custom-file-types.html
    --^noinfo            Doesn't print progress information.
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. Check
                        the examples for more information.
    --^errorformat       Retrieves the error message (if any) in a specific
                        format. Check the examples for more information.

== CMD_HELP_ADD ==
Remarks:

    Requirements to add items:
    - The parent directory of the item to add must have been previously added.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^add' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a single dash
    "-".
    Example: cm ^add -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify which files to add.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^add -
      (In Windows, adds all .c files in the workspace.)



Examples:

    cm ^add file1.txt file2.txt
    (Adds 'file1.txt' and 'file2.txt' items.)

    cm ^add c:\workspace\file.txt
    (Adds 'file.txt' item in path 'c:\workspace'.)

    cm ^add -^R c:\workspace\src
    (Recursively adds 'src'.)

    cm ^add -^R *
    (Recursively adds all the contents of the current directory.)

    cm ^add -^R * --^filetypes=filetypes.conf
    (Recursively adds all the contents of the current directory, using
    'filetypes.conf' to assign a type to each file based on its extension,
    instead of checking its content.)

    cm ^add --^coparent c:\workspace\dir\file.txt
    (Adds 'file.txt' to source control, and performs a checkout of 'dir'.)

    cm ^add -^R * --^format="ADD {0}" --^errorformat="ERR {0}"
    (Recursively adds all the contents of the current directory, printing
    '^ADD <item>' for successfully added files, and '^ERR <item>' for items that
    could not be added.)

== CMD_USAGE_ADDIGNOREPATTERN ==
Usage:

      cm ^addignorepattern <pattern>[ ...] 
                          [--^workspace=<wkpath> | --^allworkspaces] [--^remove]

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ADMIN ==
Executes administrative commands on the server.

== CMD_USAGE_ADMIN ==
Usage:

    cm ^admin <command> [options]

Available commands:

    ^readonly

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^admin <command> --^usage
    cm ^admin <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_ADMIN ==
Remarks:
    Only the server administrator can execute administrative commands.

Examples:

    cm ^admin ^readonly ^enter
    cm ^admin ^readonly ^status

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ADMIN_READONLY ==
Enables/disables the server readonly mode.

== CMD_USAGE_ADMIN_READONLY ==
Usage:

    cm ^admin ^readonly (^enter | ^leave | ^status) [<server>]

Actions:

    ^enter   The server enters read-only mode. Write operations will be rejected.
    ^leave   The server leaves read-only mode.
    ^status  Shows the server read-only mode status.

Options:
    server  Executes the command in the specified server (server:port). (Use 
            'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about server specs.)
            If no server is specified, the command works with the server of the
            current workspace.
            If the current path is not in a workspace, the command works with
            the default server defined in the client.conf config file.

== CMD_HELP_ADMIN_READONLY ==
Remarks:
    Only the server administrator can enter the server readonly mode.

Examples:

    cm ^admin ^readonly ^enter diana:8086
    cm ^admin ^readonly ^leave

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ANNOTATE ==
Shows the changeset where each line of a file was last modified and its author.

== CMD_USAGE_ANNOTATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^annotate | ^blame <spec>[ ...]
        [--^format=<str_format>]
        [--^ignore=(^eol | ^whitespaces | ^"eol&whitespaces" | ^none)]
        [--^dateformat=<str_date_format>]
        [--^encoding=<name>]
        [--^stats]
        [--^repository=<repspec>]

    spec        The spec of the file to annotate.
                (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)
                Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths containing spaces.

Options:

    --^format        Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                    Remarks for more info.
    --^ignore        Sets the specified comparison method.
                    See Remarks for more info.
    --^dateformat    Sets the output format to print dates.
    --^encoding      Specifies the output encoding, i.e.: utf-8.
                    See the MSDN documentation at
                    http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                    to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                    (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^stats         Shows statistics information.
    --^repository    Specifies a repository spec used to calculate
                    the annotations. By default, this command uses the
                    repository where the loaded revision repository in the
                    workspace is stored. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn 
                    more about repspecs.)

== CMD_HELP_ANNOTATE ==
Remarks:

    Binary files can't be annotated.

    --^ignore options:
        ^none                Detects end of line and whitespace differences.
        ^eol                 Ignores end of line differences.
        ^whitespaces         Ignores whitespace differences.
        ^"eol&whitespaces"   Ignores end of line and whitespace differences.

    --^format options:
        The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {^owner}        User who changed the line the last time.
        {^rev}          Source revision specification of the line.
        {^content}      Line content.
        {^date}         Date when the line was checked in.
        {^comment}      Comment of the source revision of the line.
        {^changeset}    Changeset of the source revision of the line.
        {^line}         Line number of the file.
        {^id}           Item id.
        {^parentid}     Parent id of the item.
        {^rep}          Repository of the item.
        {^branch}       Branch of the source revision of the line.
        {^ismergerev}   Whether the revision of the line was created in a merge.

    --^dateformat:
        To specify the output format in which dates will be printed.
        See the supported formats specified at:
        https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/standard/base-types/custom-date-and-time-format-strings

    --^repository:
        To retrieve data from a remote repository. Useful for distributed
        scenarios.

Examples:

    cm ^blame c:\workspace\src --^ignore=^"eol&whitespaces" --^encoding=utf-8
    cm ^annotate c:\workspace\file.txt --^ignore=^eol

    cm ^annotate c:\workspace\file.txt --^format="{^owner} {^date, 10} {^content}"
    (Writes the owner field, then a blank, then the date field (aligned to
    right), then a blank, and the content.)

    cm ^blame c:\workspace\file.txt --^format="{^owner, -7} {^comment} {^date}" \
        --^dateformat=yyyyMMdd
    (Writes the owner field in 7 spaces (aligned to the left) followed by
    a blank, then the comment, followed by another blank, and ending with the
    formatted date (for example, 20170329).)

    cm ^annotate c:\workspace\file.txt --^repository=centralRep@myserver:8084

    cm ^blame ^serverpath:/src/client/checkin/Checkin.cs#^cs:73666
    (Annotates the file starting in changeset 73666 using a server path.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_APPLY_LOCAL ==
Checks for local changes (locally moved, locally deleted, and locally changed)
and applies them, so that Plastic SCM starts tracking those changes.

== CMD_USAGE_APPLY_LOCAL ==
Usage:

    cm ^applylocal | ^al [--^dependencies] [<item_path>[ ...]]
                    [--^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>]
                      [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]

Options:

    --^dependencies        Adds local change dependencies into the items to
                          apply.
    item_path             Items to be applied. Use a whitespace to separate
                          paths. Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths
                          containing spaces.
    --^machinereadable     Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator  Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator    Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the fields should be separated.

== CMD_HELP_APPLY_LOCAL ==
Remarks:

    If --^dependencies and <item_path> are not specified, the operation involves
    all the local changes in the workspace.
    It is always applied recursively from the given path.

Examples:

    cm ^applylocal foo.c bar.c

    cm ^applylocal .
    (Applies all local changes in the current directory.)

    cm ^applylocal
    (Applies all local changes in the workspace.)

    cm ^applylocal --^machinereadable
    (Applies all local changes in the workspace, and prints the result in a
    simplified, easier-to-parse format.)

    cm ^applylocal --^machinereadable --^startlineseparator=">" \
      --^endlineseparator="<" --^fieldseparator=","
    (Applies all local changes in the workspace, and prints the result in a
    simplified, easier-to-parse format, starting and ending the lines and
    separating the fields with the specified strings.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ARCHIVE ==
Archives data in external storage.

== CMD_USAGE_ARCHIVE ==
Usage:

    cm ^archive | ^arch <revspec>[ ...] [-^c | --^comment=<str_comment>]
                        [--^file=<base_file>]
    (Extracts data from the repository and stores it on external storage.)

    cm ^archive | ^arch <revspec>[ ...] --^restore
    (Restores previously archived revisions back into the repository.)

    revspec             One or more revision specs. Can be read from the STDIN
                        with the "-" modifier. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about revspecs.)
    --^restore           Restores previously archived data from generated archive
                        files.

Options:

    -^c | --^comment      Sets a comment in the archive storage files to create.
    --^file              Name prefix and (optional) path for the new archive
                        data files.

== CMD_HELP_ARCHIVE ==
Remarks:

    This command extracts data from the repository database and store it on 
    external storage, saving database space.
    The command can also restore previously archived revisions back into the
    repository database (--^restore).

    Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify a revspec.

    The user running this command must be the Plastic SCM server administrator
    (repository server owner) to be allowed to complete the operation.

    Every data segment from the specified revisions will be stored in a
    different file, with a name starting with the value defined by the --^file
    argument. This argument can contain either a full path value including a
    prefix for future archive files or just this prefix value.

    Once archived, the data from the specified revisions will be accessible in
    two ways:

    - From the client: The client will detect if the data was archived and it
      will prompt the user to enter the location of the files.
      Users can configure the external data location by creating a file named
      externaldata.conf (at the standard configuration files locations, using
      the same rules that apply for the client.conf file) containing the paths
      where archived data have been located.

    - From the server: This way users won't have to know whether the data was
      archived or not, since requests will be transparently resolved by the
      server. To do so, the administrator will create a file called
      externaldata.conf in the server directory and will fill it with the
      paths where the archived volumes are.

    To unarchive (restore) a revision (or set of revisions), the archived
    files must be accessible from the client. Hence, it is not possible to
    unarchive data being resolved by the server (method 2) because the client
    will not be able to identify it as archived. If method 2 is used, to
    unarchive successfully, the administrator will have to edit the
    externaldata.conf server file first to remove access to the archived
    files which have to be unarchived.

    Set PLASTICEDITOR environment variable to specify an editor to type the
    comment.

Examples:

    cm ^archive bigfile.zip#^br:/main
    (Archives the last revision of 'bigfile.zip' in branch 'main'.)

    cm ^archive ^rev:myfile.pdf#^cs:2 -^c="big pdf file" --^file=c:\arch_files\arch
    (Archives the revision with changeset 2 of myfile.pdf in 'c:\archived_files'
    folder. The archived file name will start with 'arch' (for example, arch_11_56).)

    cm ^find "^revs ^where ^size > 26214400" --^format="{^item}#{^branch}" \
      --^nototal | cm ^archive --^comment="volume00" --^file="volume00" -
    (Archives all the files bigger than 25Mb on files starting with name
    'volume00'.)

    cm ^find "^revs ^where ^size > 26214400 ^and ^archived='true'" \
      --^format="{^item}#{^branch}" --^nototal | cm ^archive --^restore
    (Restores all the archived files bigger than 25Mb.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ATTRIBUTE ==
Allows the user to manage attributes.

== CMD_USAGE_ATTRIBUTE ==
Usage:

    cm ^attribute | ^att <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^create | ^mk
    ^delete | ^rm
    ^set
    ^unset
    ^rename
    ^edit

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^attribute <command> --^usage
    cm ^attribute <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_ATTRIBUTE ==
Examples:

    cm ^attribute ^create status
    cm ^attribute ^set ^att:status ^br:/main/SCM105 open
    cm ^attribute ^unset ^att:status ^br:/main/SCM105
    cm ^attribute ^delete ^att:status
    cm ^attribute ^rename ^att:status "buildStatus"
    cm ^attribute ^edit ^att:status "Status of the task in the CI pipeline"

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHANGELIST ==
Groups pending changes in changelists.

== CMD_USAGE_CHANGELIST ==
Usage:

    a) Management of changelists objects:

       cm ^changelist | ^clist [--^symlink]
       (Displays all changelists.)

       cm ^changelist | ^clist ^add <clist_name>
          [<clist_desc>] [--^persistent | --^notpersistent] [--^symlink]
       (Creates a changelist.)

       cm ^changelist | ^clist ^rm <clist_name> [--^symlink]
       (Removes the selected changelist. If this changelist contains pending
       changes, then these will be moved to the ^default changelist.)

       cm ^changelist | ^clist ^edit <clist_name> [<action_name> <action_value>]
                             [--^persistent | --^notpersistent] [--^symlink]
       (Edits the selected changelist.)

    b) Management of contents of a given changelist:

       cm ^changelist | ^clist <clist_name> (^add | ^rm) <path_name>[ ...]
                             [--^symlink]
       (Adds the selected changelist by adding ('^add') or removing ('^rm') the 
       change(s) that match with the given path_name(s). Use a whitespace to 
       separate path_names. Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths containing
       spaces. The status of the paths must be '^Added' or '^Checked-out'.)

Options:

    clist_name          The name of the changelist.
    clist_desc          The description of the changelist.
    action_name         Choose between '^rename' or '^description' to edit the 
                        changelist.
    action_value        Applies the new name or new description when editing
                        the changelist.
    --^persistent        The changelist will remain in the workspace even if its
                        contents are checked-in or reverted.
    --^notpersistent     (Default) The changelist will not remain in the
                        workspace even if its contents are checked-in or
                        reverted.
    --^symlink           Applies the operation to the symlink and not to the
                        target.

== CMD_HELP_CHANGELIST ==
Remarks:

    The '^changelist' command handles both the workspace pending changelists and
    the changes contained in a changelist.

Examples:

    cm ^changelist
    (Shows the current workspace changelists.)

    cm ^changelist ^add config_changes "dotConf files" --^persistent
    (Creates a new changelist named 'config_changes' and description 'dotConf
    files' which will remain persistent in the current workspace once the
    pending changelist is either checked-in or reverted.)

    cm ^changelist ^edit config_changes ^rename config_files --^notpersistent
    (Edits the changelist named 'config_changes' and renames it to
    'config_files'. Also, it turns the changelist into "not persistent".)
        
    cm ^changelist ^edit config_changes --^notpersistent
    (Edits the changelist named 'config_changes' and turns it into "not persistent".)

    cm ^changelist ^rm config_files
    (Removes the pending changelist 'config_files' from the current workspace.)

    cm ^changelist config_files ^add foo.conf
    (Adds the file 'foo.conf' to the 'config_files' changelist.)

    cm ^changelist config_files ^rm foo.conf readme.txt
    (Removes the files 'foo.conf' and 'readme.txt' from the 'config_files'
    changelist and moves the files to the system default changelist.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHANGESET ==
Executes advanced operations on changesets.

== CMD_USAGE_CHANGESET ==
Usage:

    cm ^changeset <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^move        | ^mv
    ^delete      | ^rm
    ^editcomment | ^edit

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^changeset <command> --^usage
    cm ^changeset <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_CHANGESET ==
Examples:

    cm ^changeset ^move ^cs:15@myrepo ^br:/main/scm005@myrepo
    cm ^changeset ^delete ^cs:2b55f8aa-0b29-410f-b99c-60e573a309ca@devData

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHANGESET_EDIT_COMMENT ==
Modifies the comment of a changeset.

== CMD_USAGE_CHANGESET_EDIT_COMMENT ==
Usage:

    cm ^changeset ^editcomment | ^edit <csetspec> <new_comment>

Options:

    csetspec            The target changeset whose comment will be edited.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                        specs.)
    new_comment         The new comment that will be added to the targeted
                        changeset.

== CMD_HELP_CHANGESET_EDIT_COMMENT ==
Remarks:

    - The targeted changeset spec must be valid.

Examples:

    cm ^changeset ^editcomment ^cs:15@myrepo "I forgot to add the checkin details"
    cm ^changeset ^edit ^cs:cb11ecdb-1aa9-4f11-8698-dcab14e5885a \
         "This comment text will replace the previous one."

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHANGESET_MOVE ==
Moves a changeset and all its descendants to a different branch.

== CMD_USAGE_CHANGESET_MOVE ==
Usage:

    cm ^changeset ^move | ^mv <csetspec> <branchspec>

Options:

    csetspec            First changeset to be moved to a different branch. All
                        descendant changesets in the same branch will be
                        targeted by the command as well.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                        specs.)
    branchspec          The target branch where the targeted changesets are
                        stored. It needs to be empty or non-existing; if the
                        destination branch doesn't exist, it will be created by
                        the command.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch
                        specs.)

== CMD_HELP_CHANGESET_MOVE ==
Remarks:

    - The targeted changeset spec must be valid.
    - The destination branch must be either empty or non-existing.
    - If the destination branch doesn't exist, it will created.
    - Merge links will be kept unchanged, since branches don't affect them.

Examples:

    cm ^changeset ^move ^cs:15@myrepo ^br:/main/scm005@myrepo
    cm ^changeset ^move ^cs:cb11ecdb-1aa9-4f11-8698-dcab14e5885a ^br:/hotfix/TL-352

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHANGESET_DELETE ==
Deletes a changeset from the repository.

== CMD_USAGE_CHANGESET_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^changeset ^delete | ^rm <csetspec>

Options:

    csetspec           The target changeset to be removed. It must fulfill
                       some specific conditions. See Remarks for more info.
                       (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                        specs.)

== CMD_HELP_CHANGESET_DELETE ==
Remarks:

    - The target changeset must be the last in its branch.
    - The target changeset cannot be the parent of any other changeset.
    - The target changeset cannot be neither the source of a merge link nor
      part of an interval merge as source.
    - No label must be applied to the target changeset.
    - The target changeset must not be the root changeset ('^cs:0')

Examples:

    cm ^changeset ^rm ^cs:4525@myrepo@myserver
    cm ^changeset ^delete ^cs:cb11ecdb-1aa9-4f11-8698-dcab14e5885a

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHANGEUSERPASSWORD ==
Changes the user password (UP).

== CMD_USAGE_CHANGEUSERPASSWORD ==
Usage:

    cm ^changepassword | ^passwd

== CMD_HELP_CHANGEUSERPASSWORD ==
Remarks:

    This command is only available when the security configuration is UP
    (user/password). See the Administration guide for more information.
    The old and new passwords are required.

Examples:

    cm ^passwd

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHECKCONNECTION ==
Checks the connection to the server.

== CMD_USAGE_CHECKCONNECTION ==
Usage:

      cm ^checkconnection | ^cc

== CMD_HELP_CHECKCONNECTION ==
Remarks:

    - This command returns a message indicating whether there is a valid
      connection to the configured Plastic SCM server.
    - The command checks whether the configured user is valid or not. It also
      checks the version compatibility with the server.

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHECKDB ==
Checks the repositories integrity.

== CMD_USAGE_CHECKDB ==
Usage:

    cm ^checkdatabase | ^chkdb [<repserverspec> | <repspec>]

Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repserver and rep specs.

== CMD_HELP_CHECKDB ==
Remarks:

    - If neither repserverspec nor repspec are specified, the check will be
      performed in the server specified in the client.conf file.

Examples:

    cm ^checkdatabase ^repserver:localhost:8084
    cm ^chkdb ^rep:default@localhost:8084

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHECKIN ==
Stores changes in the repository.

== CMD_USAGE_CHECKIN ==
Usage:

    cm ^checkin | ^ci [<item_path>[ ...]]
        [-^c=<str_comment> | -^commentsfile=<comments_file>]
        [--^all|-^a] [--^applychanged] [--^private] [--^update] [--^symlink]
        [--^noshowchangeset]
        [--^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>]
          [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]

Options:

    item_path             Items to be checked-in. Use double quotes (" ") to 
                          specify paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to 
                          separate item paths.
                          Use . to apply checkin to current directory.
    -^c                    Applies the specified comment to the changeset created 
                          in the checkin operation.
    -^commentsfile         Applies the comment in the specified file to the
                          changeset created in the checkin operation.
    --^all | -^a            The items changed, moved and deleted locally on the
                          given paths are also included.
    --^applychanged        Applies the checkin operation to the changed items
                          detected in the workspace along with the checked out
                          items.
    --^private             Private items detected in the workspace are also
                          included.
    --^update              Processes the update-merge automatically if it
                          eventually happens.
    --^symlink             Applies the checkin operation to the symlink and not
                          to the target.
    --^noshowchangeset     Doesn't print the result changeset.
    --^machinereadable     Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator  Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator    Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the fields should be separated.

== CMD_HELP_CHECKIN ==
Remarks:

    - If <item_path> is not specified, the checkin involves all the
      pending changes in the workspace.
    - The checkin operation is always applied recursively from the given path.
    - To checkin an item:
      - The item must be under source code control.
      - If the item is private (not under source code control), the --^private
        flag is necessary in order to checkin it.
      - The item must be checked out.
      - If the item is changed but not checked out, the --^applychanged flag 
        is not necessary unless <item_path> is a directory or it contains
        wildcards ('*').

    Revision content should be different from previous revision in order to be
    checked in.

    Set PLASTICEDITOR environment variable to specify an editor to type the
    comment.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^checkin' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a single
    dash "-".
    Example: cm ^checkin -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify which files to checkin.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^checkin --^all -
      (In Windows, checkins all .c files in the workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^checkin file1.txt file2.txt
    (Checkins the 'file1.txt' and 'file2.txt' checked-out files.)

    cm ^checkin . -^commentsfile=mycomment.txt
    (Checkins the current directory and sets the comment in the 
    'mycomment.txt' file.)

    cm ^checkin link --^symlink
    (Checkins the 'link' file and not the target; available on UNIX
    environments.)

    cm ^ci file1.txt -^c="my comment"
    (Checkins 'file1.txt' and includes a comment.)

    cm ^status --^short --^compact --^changelist=pending_to_review | cm ^checkin -
    (Lists the paths in the changelist named 'pending_to_review' and redirects
    this list to the input of the checkin command.)

    cm ^ci . --^machinereadable
    (Checkins the current directory, and prints the result in a simplified,
    easier-to-parse format.)

    cm ^ci . --^machinereadable --^startlineseparator=">" --^endlineseparator="<" --^fieldseparator=","
    (Checkins the current directory, and prints the result in a simplified,
    easier-to-parse format, starting and ending the lines, and
    separating the fields with the specified strings.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHECKOUT ==
Marks files as ready to modify.

== CMD_USAGE_CHECKOUT ==
Usage:

    cm ^checkout | ^co [<item_path>[ ...]] [-^R | -^r | --^recursive]
                     [--^format=<str_format>]
                     [--^errorformat=<str_format>] [--^resultformat=<str_format>]
                     [--^silent] [--^symlink] [--^ignorefailed]
                     [--^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>]
                       [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]

Options:

    item_path             Items to be checked-out. Use double quotes (" ") to 
                          specify paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to 
                          separate item paths.
                          Use . to apply checkout to current directory.
    -^R                    Checks out files recursively.
    --^format              Retrieves the output progress message in a specific
                          format. Check the examples for more information.
    --^errorformat         Retrieves the error message (if any) in a specific
                          format. Check the examples for more information.
    --^resultformat        Retrieves the output result message in a specific
                          format. Check the examples for more information.
    --^silent              Does not show any output at all.
    --^symlink             Applies the checkout operation to the symlink and not
                          to the target.
    --^ignorefailed        If an item cannot be locked (the exclusive checkout
                          cannot be performed), the checkout operation will
                          continue without it.
    --^machinereadable     Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator  Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator    Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies how
                          the fields should be separated.

== CMD_HELP_CHECKOUT ==
Remarks:

    To checkout an item:
    - The item must be under source code control.
    - The item must be checked in.

    If locks are configured on the server (lock.conf exists), then each time
    a checkout on a path happens, Plastic checks if it meets any of the rules
    and if so, the path will be in exclusive checkout (locked) so that none can
    simultaneously checkout.
    You can get all the locks in the server by using 'cm ^lock ^list'.
    See the Administrator Guide for more information:
    https://www.plasticscm.com/download/help/adminguide

    The format string replaces the placeholder '{0}' with the path of the item
    being checked out. Check the examples to see how to use it.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^checkout' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a single
    dash "-".
    Example: cm ^checkout -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify which files to checkout.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^checkout -
      (In Windows, checkouts all .c files in the workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^checkout file1.txt file2.txt
    (Checkouts 'file1.txt' and 'file2.txt' files.)

    cm ^co *.txt
    (Checkouts all txt files.)

    cm ^checkout .
    (Checkouts current directory.)

    cm ^checkout -^R c:\workspace\src
    (Recursively checkouts 'src' folder.)

    cm ^co file.txt --^format="Checking out item {0}" 
        --^errorformat="Error checking out item {0}" /
        --^resultformat="Item {0} checked out"
    (Checkouts 'file.txt' using the specified formatting strings
    to show the progress, the result, and the errors of the operation.)

    cm ^checkout link --^symlink
    (Checkouts the 'link' file and not to the target; available on UNIX
    environments.)

    cm ^checkout . -^R --^ignorefailed
    (Recursively checkouts the current folder, ignoring those files that can
    not be checked out.)

    cm ^co . --^machinereadable --^startlineseparator=">"
    (Checkouts the current directory, and prints the result in a simplified,
    easier-to-parse format, starting the lines with the specified strings.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHECKSELECTORSYNTAX ==
Checks the syntax of a selector.

== CMD_USAGE_CHECKSELECTORSYNTAX ==
Usage:

    cm ^checkselectorsyntax | ^css --^file=<selector_file>
    (Checks the selector file syntax.)

    ^cat <selector_file> | cm ^checkselectorsyntax | ^css -
    (Unix. Checks selector file from standard input.)

    ^type <selector_file> | cm ^checkselectorsyntax | ^css -
    (Windows. Checks selector file from standard input.)


    --^file     The file to read a selector from.

== CMD_HELP_CHECKSELECTORSYNTAX ==
Remarks:

    This command reads a selector on either a file or standard input, and
    checks it for valid syntax. If the syntax check fails, the reason is
    printed on standard output.

Examples:

    cm ^checkselectorsyntax --^file=myselector.txt
    (Checks the syntax of 'myselector.txt' file.)

    ^cat myselector.txt | cm ^checkselectorsyntax
    (Checks the syntax of 'myselector.txt' from standard input.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CHGREVTYPE ==
Changes an item revision type (binary or text).

== CMD_USAGE_CHGREVTYPE ==
Usage:

    cm ^changerevisiontype | ^chgrevtype | ^crt <item_path>[ ...] --^type=(^bin | ^txt)

    item_path           Items to change revision type. Use double quotes (" ")
                        to specify paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to
                        separate item paths.
    --^type              Target revisions type. Choose '^bin' or '^txt'.

== CMD_HELP_CHGREVTYPE ==
Remarks:

    This command can only be applied to files, not directories.
    The specified type must be a system supported one: '^bin' or '^txt' (binary
    or text).

Examples:

    cm ^changerevisiontype c:\workspace\file.txt --^type=^txt
    (Changes 'file.txt' revision type to text.)

    cm ^chgrevtype comp.zip "image file.jpg" --^type=^bin
    (Changes 'comp.zip' and "image file.jpg" revision type to binary.)

    cm ^crt *.* --^type=^txt
    (Changes revision type of all files to text.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_TRIGGER_EDIT ==
Edits a trigger.

== CMD_USAGE_TRIGGER_EDIT ==
Usage:

    cm ^trigger | ^tr ^edit <subtype_type> <position_number>
                         [--^position=<new_position>]
                         [--^name=<new_name>] [--^script=<script_path>]
                         [--^filter=<str_filter>] [--^server=<repserverspec>]

    subtype_type        Trigger execution and trigger operation.
                        Type 'cm ^showtriggertypes' to see a list of trigger
                        types.
    position_number     Position occupied by the trigger to be modified.

Options:

    --^position          New position of the specified trigger.
                        This position must not be in use by another
                        trigger of the same type.
    --^name              New name of the specified trigger.
    --^script            New execution path of the specified trigger script.
                        If the script starts with "^webtrigger ", it will be
                        considered as a web trigger. See Remarks for more 
                        further details.
    --^filter            Checks only items that match the specified filter.
    --^server            Modifies the trigger on the specified server.
                        If no server is specified, executes the command on the
                        one configured on the client.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about server
                        specs.)

== CMD_HELP_TRIGGER_EDIT ==
Remarks:

    Web triggers: A web trigger is created by typing "^webtrigger <target-uri>"
    as the trigger command. In this case, the trigger will execute a POST query
    against the specified URI, where the request body contains a JSON
    dictionary with the trigger environment variables, and a fixed INPUT key
    pointing to an array of strings.

Examples:

    cm ^trigger ^edit ^after-setselector 6 --^name="Backup2 manager" --^script="/new/path/al/script"
    cm ^tr ^edit ^before-mklabel 7 --^position=4 --^server=myserver:8084
    cm ^trigger ^edit ^after-add 2 --^script="^webtrigger http://myserver.org/api"

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CODEREVIEW ==
Creates, edits, or deletes code reviews.

== CMD_USAGE_CODEREVIEW ==
Usage:

    cm ^codereview <spec> <title> [--^status=<status_name>]
                [--^assignee=<user_name>] [--^format=<str_format>]
                [--^repository=<rep_spec>]
    (Creates a code review.)

    cm ^codereview -^e <id> [--^status=<status_name>] [--^assignee=<user_name>]
                [--^repository=<rep_spec>]
    (Edits a code review.)

    cm ^codereview -^d <id> [ ...] [--^repository=<rep_spec>]
    (Deletes one or more code reviews.)


    spec                It can be either a changeset spec or a branch spec. It
                        will be the target of the new code review. (Use
                        'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset or
                        branch specs.)
    title               A text string to be used as title of the new
                        code review.
    id                  The code review identification number. A GUID can be
                        used as well.

Options:

    -^e                  Edits the parameters of an existing code review.
    -^d                  Deletes one or more existing code reviews. Use a 
                        whitespace to separate the code reviews IDs.
    --^status            Sets the new status of a code review. See Remarks
                        for additional information.
    --^assignee          Sets the new assignee of a code review.
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for additional information.
    --^repository        Sets the repository to be used as default. (Use 
                        'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        specs.)

== CMD_HELP_CODEREVIEW ==
Remarks:

    This command allows users to manage code reviews: create, edit, and delete
    code reviews for changesets or branches.

    To create a new code review, a changeset/branch spec and a title are
    required. The initial status and assignee can be set, too. An ID (or GUID
    if requested) will be returned as a result.

    To edit or delete an existing code review, the target code review ID
    (or GUID) is required. No messages are displayed if there are no errors.

    The status parameter can only be one of the following: ^"Under review"
    (default), ^"Reviewed", or ^"Rework required".

    The repository parameter is available to set the default working
    repository. This is useful when the user wants to manage reviews on
    a server different than the one associated to the current workspace, or
    when there is no current workspace at all.

    Output format customization:

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {0}             id
        {1}             guid

    Please note that the '--^format' parameter only takes effect when creating
    a new code review.

Examples:

    cm ^codereview ^cs:1856@myrepo@myserver:8084 "My code review" --^assignee=dummy
    cm ^codereview ^br:/main/task001@myrepo@myserver:8084 "My code review" \
    --^status=^"Rework required" --^assignee=newbie --^format="{^id} -> {^guid}"

    cm ^codereview 1367 -^e --^assignee=new_assignee
    cm ^codereview -^e 27658884-5dcc-49b7-b0ef-a5760ae740a3 --^status=Reviewed

    cm ^codereview -^d 1367 --^repository=myremoterepo@myremoteserver:18084
    cm ^codereview 27658884-5dcc-49b7-b0ef-a5760ae740a3 -^d

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CRYPT ==
Encrypts a password.

== CMD_USAGE_CRYPT ==
Usage:

    cm ^crypt <mypassword>

    mypassword          Password to be encrypted.

== CMD_HELP_CRYPT ==
Remarks:

    This command encrypts a given password passed as argument.
    It is designed to encrypt passwords in configuration files and increase 
    safety.

Examples:

    cm ^crypt dbconfpassword -> ENCRYPTED: encrypteddbconfpassword
    (Encrypts the password in the database configuration file: 'db.conf'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_DEACTIVATEUSER ==
Deactivates a licensed user.

== CMD_USAGE_DEACTIVATEUSER ==
Usage:

    cm ^deactivateuser | ^du <usr_name>[ ...] [--^server=<name:port>]
                           [--^nosolveuser]

    usr_name            The user name(s) to deactivate. Use a whitespace to
                        separate user names.
                        If SID, then '--^nosolveuser' is required.

Options:

    --^server            Deactivates the user on the specified server.
                        If no server is specified, executes the command on the
                        one configured on the client.
    --^nosolveuser       With this option, the command will not check whether
                        the user name exists on the authentication system. The
                        <usr_name> must be a user SID.

== CMD_HELP_DEACTIVATEUSER ==
Remarks:

    This command sets a user to inactive, disabling the usage of Plastic SCM
    for that user.

    See the 'cm ^activateuser' command for more information about activating
    Plastic SCM users.

    This command checks whether the user exists on the underlying authentication
    system (e.g. ActiveDirectory, LDAP, User/Password...).
    To force the deactivation of a user that no longer exists on the
    authentication system, you can use the '--^nosolveuser' option.

Examples:

    cm ^deactivateuser john
    cm ^du peter "mary collins"
    cm ^deactivateuser john --^server=myserver:8084
    cm ^deactivateuser S-1-5-21-3631250224-3045023395-1892523819-1107 --^nosolveuser

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_DIFF ==
Shows differences between files, changesets, and labels.

== CMD_USAGE_DIFF ==
Usage:

    cm ^diff <csetspec> | <lbspec> | <shspec> [<csetspec> | <lbspec> | <shspec>]
            [<path>]
            [--^added] [--^changed] [--^moved] [--^deleted]
            [--^repositorypaths] [--^download=<download_path>]
            [--^encoding=<name>] 
            [--^ignore=(^eol | ^whitespaces | ^"eol&whitespaces" | ^none)] 
            [--^clean]
            [--^format=<str_format>] [--^dateformat=<str_format>]

        Shows differences between a 'source' changeset or shelveset, and a
        'destination' changeset or shelveset. The changesets can be specified
        using either a changeset or label specification.
        Where two specifications are given, the first will be the 'source' of
        the diff; the second, the 'destination'.
        If only one specification is given, the 'source' will be the parent
        changeset of the specified 'destination'.
        If an optional path is specified, the Diff Window will launch to show
        differences between the two revision of that file.

    cm ^diff <revspec1> <revspec2>

        Shows differences between a pair of revisions. The differences are
        shown in the Diff Window. The first revision specified will appear on
        the left.

    cm ^diff <brspec> [--^added] [--^changed] [--^moved] [--^deleted]
            [--^repositorypaths] [--^download=<download_path>]
            [--^encoding=<name>] 
            [--^ignore=(^eol | ^whitespaces | ^"eol&whitespaces" | ^none)]
            [--^clean]
            [--^format=<str_format>] [--^dateformat=<str_format>]
            [--^fullpaths | --^fp]

        Shows the branch differences.

    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

Options:

    --^added             Prints only differences consisting of items added to
                        the repository.
    --^changed           Prints only differences consisting of items that
                        changed.
    --^moved             Prints only differences consisting of moved or renamed
                        items.
    --^deleted           Prints only differences consisting of items that were
                        deleted.

                        If '--^added', '--^changed', '--^moved' or '--^deleted' are
                        not specified, then the command prints all differences.
                            '^A' means added items.
                            '^C' means changed items.
                            '^D' means deleted items.
                            '^M' means moved items. The left item is the original,
                              the right is the destination.

    --^repositorypaths   Prints repository paths instead of workspace paths.
                        (This option overrides the '--^fullpaths' option.)
    --^download          Stores the differences content in the specified output
                        path.
    --^encoding          Specifies the output encoding, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^ignore            Sets the specified comparison method.
                        See Remarks for more info.
    --^clean             Does not take into account the differences generated
                        because of a merge, but only the differences created by
                        simple checkins.
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^dateformat        Format used to output dates.
    --^fullpaths, --^fp   Forces printing full workspace paths for files and 
                        directories when possible.

== CMD_HELP_DIFF ==
Remarks:

    Comparison methods:
        ^eol                 Ignores the end of line differences.
        ^whitespaces         Ignores the whitespace differences.
        ^"eol&whitespaces"   Ignores the end of line and whitespace differences.
        ^none                Detects the end of line and whitespace differences.

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The parameters of this command are the following:
        {^path}              Item path.
        {^date}              Change date/time.
        {^owner}             Change author.
        {^revid}             Revision id of the revision considered as the
                            destination in the diff.
        {^parentrevid}       Revision id of the parent of the revision considered
                            as the destination of the diff.
        {^baserevid}         Revision id of the revision considered as the source
                            in the diff.
        {^srccmpath}         Server path before moving the item (move operation).
        {^dstcmpath}         Server path after moving the item (move operation).
        {^type}              Item type:
            ^D   directory,
            ^B   binary file,
            ^F   text file,
            ^S   symlink,
            ^X   Xlink.
        {^repository}        Repository of the item.
        {^status}            Item status:
            ^A   added,
            ^D   deleted,
            ^M   moved,
            ^C   changed.
        {^fsprotection}      Shows item permissions (Linux/Mac chmod).
        {^srcfsprotection}   Shows parent revision item permissions.
        {^newline}           Inserts a new line.

Notes on '^revid':
    For added items, the '^baserevid' and '^parentrevid' will be -1, as no
    previous revision exists in this case.
    For deleted items, the '^revid' is the id of the source revision, and the
    '^baserevid' will be -1, as there is no destination revision.
    For Xlinks, both '^baserevid' and '^parentrevid' are always -1.

Examples:

  Comparing branches:

    cm ^diff ^br:/main/task001
    cm ^diff ^br:/main/task001 \doc\readme.txt

  Comparing changeset trees:

    cm ^diff 19
    cm ^diff 19 25
    cm ^diff ^cs:19 ^cs:25 --^format="{^path} {^parentrevid}"
    cm ^diff ^cs:19 ^cs:23 --^format="{^date} {^path}" --^dateformat="yy/dd/MM HH:mm:ss"
    cm ^diff ^cs:19 ^cs:23 --^changed
    cm ^diff ^cs:19 ^cs:23 --^repositorypaths
    cm ^diff ^cs:19 ^cs:23 --^download="D:\temp"
    cm ^diff ^cs:19 ^cs:23 --^clean
    cm ^diff ^cs:19 ^cs:23 \doc\readme.txt

  Comparing label trees:

    cm ^diff ^lb:FirstReleaseLabel ^lb:SecondReleaseLabel
    cm ^diff ^lb:tag_193.2 ^cs:34214
    cm ^diff ^cs:31492 ^lb:tag_193.2

  Comparing shelve trees:

    cm ^diff ^sh:2
    cm ^diff ^sh:2 ^sh:4

  Comparing revspecs:
    cm ^diff ^rev:readme.txt#^cs:19 ^rev:readme.txt#^cs:20
    cm ^diff ^serverpath:/doc/readme.txt#^cs:19@myrepo \
        ^serverpath:/doc/readme.txt#^br:/main@myrepo@localhost:8084

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_DIFFMETRICS ==
Shows diff metrics between two revs.

== CMD_USAGE_DIFFMETRICS ==
Usage:

    cm ^diffmetrics | ^dm <revspec1> <revspec2> [--^format=<str_format>]
                        [--^encoding=<name>]
                        [--^ignore=(^eol | ^whitespaces | ^"eol&whitespaces" | ^none)]

    revspec           Revisions used to compare.
                      (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about rev specs.)

Options:

    --^format          Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                      Remarks for more info.
    --^encoding        Specifies the output encoding, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^ignore          Sets the specified comparison method.
                      See Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_DIFFMETRICS ==
Remarks:

    The metrics are: number of changed, added, and deleted lines.

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {0}             Number of changed lines.
        {1}             Number of added lines.
        {2}             Number of deleted lines.

Examples:

    cm ^diffmetrics file.txt#^cs:2 file.txt#^br:/main/scm0211 \
    --^format="There are {0} changed, {1} added and {2} deleted lines."
    (Retrieves diffmetrics results formatted.)

    cm ^dm file.txt#^cs:2 file.txt#^cs:3 --^encoding=utf-8 --^ignore=^whitespaces

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_FASTEXPORT ==
Exports a repository in fast-export format.

== CMD_USAGE_FASTEXPORT ==
Usage:

    cm ^fast-export | ^fe <repspec> <fast-export-file>
                        [--^import-marks=<marks_file>]
                        [--^export-marks=<marks_file>]
                        [--^branchseparator=<chr_separator>]
                        [--^nodata] [--^from=<changesetid>] [--^to=<changesetid>]

Options:

    repspec             The repository which the data will be exported from. 
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about rep specs.)
    fast-export-file    The file with the repository data in Git fast-export
                        format.
    --^import-marks      The marks file used for incremental imports. This file
                        has been previously exported by '--^export-marks'. The
                        changesets described in this file will not be imported
                        because they were already in a previous import.
    --^export-marks      The file where the imported changesets will be saved.
                        This file is used in a later fast-import to signal the
                        changesets that have been already imported.
    --^branchseparator   Plastic SCM uses "/" as default separator in the branch
                        hierarchy. This option allows using char as a hierarchy
                        separator, so main-task-sub would be mapped in Plastic
                        SCM as /main/task/sub.
    --^nodata            Exports the repository without including the data. This
                        is useful to check if the export will run correctly.
    --^from              Exports from a particular changeset.
    --^to                Exports to a particular changeset.

== CMD_HELP_FASTEXPORT ==
Remarks:

    - In order to import a Plastic SCM repository to Git, use a command such as:
      ^cat repo.fe.00 | ^git ^fast-import --^export-marks=marks.git  --^import-marks=marks.git

    - Incremental export is supported using a marks file that contains the
      changesets previously imported ('--^import-marks' and '--^export-marks'
      files).
      This means that only the new changesets that were not exported in the
      previous fast-export will be exported.

Examples:

    cm ^fast-export repo@localhost:8087 repo.fe.00 --^import-marks=marks.cm \
      --^export-marks=marks.cm
    (Exports the repository 'repo' in the local server into the 'repo.fe.00'
    file in Git fast-export format and creates the marks files to perform
    incremental exports later.)

    cm ^fast-export repo@localhost:8087 repo.fe.00 --^from=20
    (Exports the repository 'repo' in the local server into the 'repo.fe.00'
    file in Git fast-export format from changeset '20'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_FASTIMPORT ==
Imports Git fast-export data into a repository.

== CMD_USAGE_FASTIMPORT ==
Usage:

    cm ^fast-import | ^fi <repspec> <fast-export-file>
                        [--^import-marks=<marks_file>]
                        [--^export-marks=<marks_file>]
                        [--^stats] [--^branchseparator=<chr_separator>]
                        [--^nodata] [--^ignoremissingchangesets] [--^mastertomain]

Options:

    repspec                     The repository into which the data will be
                                imported. It is created if it did not previously
                                exist. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more
                                about rep specs.)
    fast-export-file            The file with the repository data in Git
                                fast-export format.
    --^import-marks              The marks file used for incremental imports.
                                This file has been previously exported by 
                                '--^export-marks'. The changesets described in
                                this file wont be imported because they
                                were already in a previous import.
    --^export-marks              The file where the imported changesets will
                                be saved. This file is used in a later
                                fast-import to signal the changesets that have
                                been already imported.
    --^stats                     Prints some statistics about the import process.
    --^branchseparator           Plastic SCM uses "/" as default separator in
                                the branch hierarchy. This option allows using
                                char as a hierarchy separator, so main-task-sub
                                would be mapped in Plastic SCM as /main/task/sub.
    --^nodata                    Imports Git fast-export without including the
                                data. This is useful to check if the import will
                                run correctly.
    --^ignoremissingchangesets   Any changesets that cannot be imported are 
                                discarded and the fast-import operation
                                continues without them.
    --^mastertomain              Imports using "^main" instead of "^master".

== CMD_HELP_FASTIMPORT ==
Remarks:

    - In order to export a git repository, use a command such as:
      ^git ^fast-export --^all -^M --^signed-tags=^strip --^tag-of-filtered-object=^drop> ..\git-fast-export.dat
      The -^M option is important to detect moved items.

    - The specified repository is created in case it did not exist.

    - Incremental import is supported using a marks file that contains the
      changesets previously imported ('--^import-marks' and '--^export-marks'
      files).
      This means that only the new changesets that were not imported in the
      previous fast-import will be imported.

Examples:

    cm ^fast-import mynewrepo@atenea:8084  repo.fast-export
    (Imports the contents exported in the 'repo.fast-export' file into
    'mynewrepo' repository on server 'atenea:8084'.)

    cm ^fast-import repo@atenea:8084  repo.fast-export --^export-marks=rep.marks
    (Imports the contents exported in the 'repo.fast-export' file into
    'repo' repository on server 'atenea:8084' and creates a marks file
    to perform incremental imports later.)

    cm ^fast-import repo@server:8084  repo.fast-export --^import-marks=repo.marks \
      --^export-marks=repo.marks
    (Imports the contents of the 'repo.fast-export' file. Only the new
    changesets that were not in the marks file are imported. The same marks
    file is used to save the list of changesets again for the next
    incremental import.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_FILEINFO ==
Retrieves detailed information about the items in the workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_FILEINFO ==
Usage:

    cm ^fileinfo <item_path>[ ...] [--^fields=<field_value>[,...]]
                [[--^xml | -^x [=<output_file>]] | [--^format=<str_format>]]
                [--^symlink] [--^encoding=<name>]

    item_path           Items to display. Use a whitespace to separate the
                        items.
                        Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths containing
                        spaces.

Options:

    --^fields            A string of comma-separated values. This selects which
                        fields will be printed for each item. See Remarks for
                        more information.
    --^xml | -^x          Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
                        It is possible to specify an output file. This option
                        cannot be combined with '--^format'.
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info. This option cannot be combined 
                        with '--^xml'.
                        This '--^format' option prevails over '--^fields' if both
                        are specified.
    --^symlink           Applies the fileinfo operation to the symlink and not
                        to the target.
    --^encoding          Specifies the output encoding, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).


== CMD_HELP_FILEINFO ==
Remarks:

    This command prints a detailed list of attributes for each selected item.
    Each attribute is printed on a new line by default.

    The attribute list can be modified to display only the attributes the user
    needs. This can be achieved using the '--^fields=<field_list>', which accepts
    a string of comma-separated attribute names. This way, only those arguments
    whose name has been indicated are shown.

    Revision head changeset:

    This option is disabled by default. Please note that retrieving this
    attribute is significantly slower than the rest of them, so we advise users
    to group together as many items as possible. This will improve execution
    times by avoiding many separate 'cm ^fileinfo' executions.
    Also, this feature is not currently available for controlled directories.

    You can find below the complete list of available attribute names.
    Names marked with an asterisk ('*') will not be shown by default:
        ^ClientPath              The local path on disk for the item.
        ^RelativePath            The workspace-relative path.
        ^ServerPath              The repository path for the item.
                                (Note: Transformed  workspaces are not
                                currently supported for this option).
        ^Size                    Item size.
        ^Hash                    Item hash sum.
        ^Owner                   The user the item belongs to.
        ^RevisionHeadChangeset   (*) The changeset of the revision loaded in the
                                head changeset of the branch.
                                (Please see note above.)
        ^RevisionChangeset       The changeset of the revision currently loaded
                                in the workspace.
        ^RepSpec                 The repository specification for the item.
                                (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about
                                rep specs.)
        ^Status                  The workspace item status: added, checked out,
                                deleted, etc.
        ^Type                    Revision type (text, binary, directory, symlink,
                                or unknown).
        ^Changelist              The changelist the item belongs to (if any).
        ^IsLocked                (*) Whether the item is locked by exclusive
                                checkout or not.
        ^LockedBy                (*) The user who exclusively checked out the item.
        ^LockedWhere             (*) The location where the item was exclusively
                                checked out.
        ^IsUnderXlink            Whether the item is located under an Xlink
                                or not.
        ^UnderXlinkTarget        The target of the Xlink the item is under
                                (if any).
        ^UnderXlinkPath          The item server path in the Xlinked repository
                                (if any).
        ^UnderXlinkWritable      Whether the Xlink the item belongs to is
                                writable or not.
        ^UnderXlinkRelative      Whether the Xlink the items belongs to is
                                relative or not.
        ^IsXlink                 Whether the item itself is a Xlink or not.
        ^XlinkTarget             The target repository the item points to, if it
                                is a Xlink.
        ^XlinkName               The Xlink name of the item, if it is
                                actually one.
        ^XlinkWritable           Whether the Xlink item is a writable Xlink
                                or not.
        ^XlinkRelative           Whether the Xlink item is a relative Xlink
                                or not.

    Output format customization:

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {^ClientPath}
        {^RelativePath}
        {^ServerPath}
        {^Size}
        {^Hash}
        {^Owner}
        {^RevisionHeadChangeset}
        {^RevisionChangeset}
        {^Status}
        {^Type}
        {^Changelist}
        {^IsLocked}
        {^LockedBy}
        {^LockedWhere}
        {^IsUnderXlink}
        {^UnderXlinkTarget}
        {^UnderXlinkPath}
        {^UnderXlinkWritable}
        {^UnderXlinkRelative}
        {^IsXlink}
        {^XlinkTarget}
        {^XlinkName}
        {^XlinkWritable}
        {^XlinkRelative}
        {^RepSpec}

    Please note that '--^format' and '--^xml' options are mutually exclusive, so
    they can't be used at the same time.

Examples:

    cm ^fileinfo file1.txt file2.txt dir/
    cm ^fileinfo "New Project.csproj" --^xml
    cm ^fileinfo assets.art --^fields=^ServerPath,^Size,^IsLocked,^LockedBy
    cm ^fileinfo proj_specs.docx --^fields=^ServerPath,^RevisionChangeset --^xml
    cm ^fileinfo samples.ogg --^format="{^ServerPath}[{^Owner}] -> {^Size}"

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_FIND_QUERY ==
Runs SQL-like queries to find Plastic SCM objects.

== CMD_USAGE_FIND_QUERY ==
Usage:

    cm ^find <object_type> 
            [^where <str_conditions>]
            [^on ^repository '<repspec>' | ^on ^repositories '<repspec1>','<repspec2>'[,...]]
            [--^format=<str_format>] [--^dateformat=<date_format>]
            [--^nototal] [--^file=<dump_file>] [--^xml] 
            [--^encoding=<name>]

    object_type         Object type to find.
                        Use 'cm ^help ^showfindobjects' to learn how to specify 
                        these objects.
                        You can also read the 'cm ^find' guide:
                        https://www.plasticscm.com/download/help/cmfind

Options:

    str_conditions      Searches conditions on an object attributes.
    repspec             Searches repositories alias or specification.
                        In the case of '^on ^repositories', use a comma to
                        separate the repspec fields.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        specifications.)
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format.
                        Read the 'cm ^find' guide to see all the object
                        attributes that can be used as output format strings:
                        https://www.plasticscm.com/download/help/cmfind
    --^dateformat        Format used to output dates.
    --^nototal           Does not output record count at the end.
    --^file              File to dump results.
    --^xml               Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
    --^encoding          Specifies the output encoding, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).

== CMD_HELP_FIND_QUERY ==
Remarks:

    If no repository is specified, the search is made on the repository
    configured in the workspace.

    When you run queries using comparison operators (>, <, >=, <=) from the 
    command line, remember that the shell considers these operators as IO 
    redirections. So you will need to enclose the queries in double quotation
    marks.

    The 'cm ^find' command accepts a format string to show the output.
    Each output parameter is identified by a string and the user can refer it
    by typing the parameter number between '{' and '}' brackets.
    Output parameters usually correspond to the attributes of the object.

    These are some valid output format strings:
      --^format={^id}{^date}{^name}
      --^format="{^item}#{^branch} ^with ^date {^date}"

    XML and encoding considerations:

    When the '--^xml' option is specified, the command shows the command result
    as an XML text in the standard output. The operating system default encoding
    is used to show the text, so it is possible that not-ANSI characters are
    incorrectly visualized in the console. If you redirect the command output to
    a file, it will be correctly visualized. When both '--^xml' and '--^file'
    options are specified, the default encoding will be utf-8.

Examples:

    cm ^find ^revision
    cm ^find ^revision "^where ^changeset=23 ^and ^owner='maria'"
    cm ^find ^branch "^on ^repository 'rep1'"
    cm ^find ^label "^on ^repositories 'rep1', '^rep:default@localhost:8084'"
    cm ^find ^branch "^where ^parent='^br:/main' ^on ^repository 'rep1'"
    cm ^find ^revision "^where ^item='^item:.'" --^format="{^item}#{^branch}"
    cm ^find ^revision "^where ^item='^item:.'" --^xml --^file=c:\queryresults\revs.xml

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_FINDCHANGED ==
Gets a list of changed files. This command is deprecated and kept just for 
backwards compatibility. Use 'cm ^status' instead.

== CMD_USAGE_FINDCHANGED ==
Usage:

    cm ^findchanged | ^fc [-^R | -^r | --^recursive] [--^checkcontent]
                        [--^onlychanged] [<path>]

Options:

    -^R                  Recursively finds in directories.
    --^checkcontent      Compares files by content.
    --^onlychanged       Finds only changed files; checkouts will not be
                        obtained.
    path                (Default: current directory.)
                        Initial path to find changed files.

== CMD_HELP_FINDCHANGED ==
Remarks:

    If no '--^checkcontent' option is given, Plastic finds changes based on the
    file timestamp. When '--^checkcontent' option is specified, the file or
    folder contents are compared, instead of using the timestamp.

    This command is useful to detect changed files while disconnected from
    the Plastic SCM server. The output can be piped to the checkout command,
    to check the changes later (see examples).

Examples:

    cm ^findchanged .
    (Finds changed files in the current directory.)

    cm ^findchanged -^R . | cm ^checkout -
    (Checkouts changed elements.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_FINDCHECKEDOUT ==
Gets a list of checked out items. This command is deprecated and kept just for 
backwards compatibility. Use 'cm ^status' instead.

== CMD_USAGE_FINDCHECKEDOUT ==
Usage:

    cm ^findcheckouts | ^fco [--^format=<str_format>] [--^basepath]

Options:

    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^basepath          The path to start searching checkouts from. If not
                        specified, the current path is used.

== CMD_HELP_FINDCHECKEDOUT ==
Remarks:

    This command is useful to checkin or undocheckout all checked out items in
    one single step, redirecting the standard output to other command.
    See examples.

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {0}             Date.
        {1}             Owner.
        {2}             Workspace info.
        {3}             Client machine name.
        {4}             Item path.
        {5}             Branch and repository info.

Examples:

    cm ^findcheckouts --^format="File {4} changed on branch {5}"
    (Finds checked out items and formats the output with file path and branch
    and repository info.)

    cm ^findcheckouts --^format={4} | cm ^checkin -
    (Checkins all checked out items.)

    cm ^findcheckouts --^format={4} | cm ^undocheckout -
    (Undocheckouts of all checked out items.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_FINDPRIVATE ==
Gets a list of private items. This command is deprecated and kept just for 
backwards compatibility. Use 'cm ^status' instead.

== CMD_USAGE_FINDPRIVATE ==
Usage:
    cm ^findprivate | ^fp [-^R | -^r | --^recursive] [--^exclusions] [<path>]

Options:

    -^R                  Recursively finds in directories.
    --^exclusions        This option allows cutting the search inside the ignored
                        paths, defined by the file ignore.conf.
    path                (Default: current directory.)
                        Initial path to find private files.

== CMD_HELP_FINDPRIVATE ==
Remarks:

    If any path is specified, Plastic SCM will begin searching from the
    current directory.

    This command is useful to add private items on a folder, piping the output
    to the add command. See examples.

Examples:

    cm ^findprivate .

    cm ^findprivate -^R | cm ^add -
    (Recursively searches private items and add them.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_GETCONFIG ==
Obtains configuration info.

== CMD_USAGE_GETCONFIG ==
Usage:

    cm ^getconfig [^setfileasreadonly] [^location] [^extensionworkingmode]
                 [^extensionprefix] [^defaultrepserver]
    
    ^setfileasreadonly       Returns whether the protected files are left as
                            read-only or not.
    ^location                Returns the client config path.
    ^extensionworkingmode    Returns the extension working mode.
    ^extensionprefix         Returns the configured extension prefix.
    ^defaultrepserver        Returns the location of the default repository
                            server.

== CMD_HELP_GETCONFIG ==
Examples:

    cm ^getconfig ^setfileasreadonly

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_GETFILE ==
Downloads the content of a given revision.

== CMD_USAGE_GETFILE ==
Usage:

    cm ^getfile | ^cat <revspec> [--^file=<output_file>] [--^debug] 
                     [--^symlink] [--^raw]

    revspec           Object specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn
                      more about specs.)

Options:

    --^file            File to save the output. By default, it is printed on the
                      standard output.
    --^debug           When a directory specification is used, the command
                      shows all the items in the directory, its revision id
                      and file system protection.
    --^symlink         Applies the operation to the symlink and not to the
                      target.
    --^raw             Displays the raw data of the file.

== CMD_HELP_GETFILE ==
Examples:

    cm ^cat myfile.txt#^br:/main
    (Obtains the last revision in branch '^br:/main' of 'myfile.txt'.)

    cm ^getfile myfile.txt#^cs:3 --^file=tmp.txt
    (Obtains the changeset 3 of 'myfile.txt' and write it to file 'tmp.txt'.)

    cm ^cat ^serverpath:/src/foo.c#^br:/main/task003@myrepo
    (Obtains the contents of '/src/foo.c' at the last changeset of branch
    '/main/task003' in repository 'myrepo')

    cm ^cat ^revid:1230@^rep:myrep@^repserver:myserver:8084
    (Obtains the revision with id 1230.)

    cm ^getfile ^rev:info\ --^debug
    (Obtains all revisions in the 'info' directory.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_GETREVISION ==
Loads a revision in the workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_GETREVISION ==
This command modifies the revision loaded in the workspace, so it can affect 
future merges.
It is an advanced command inherited from old versions, so use it with care.

Usage:
    cm ^getrevision <revspec>

    revspec           Object specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn
                      more about rev specs.)

== CMD_HELP_GETREVISION ==
Examples:

    cm ^getrevision file.txt#^cs:3
    (Gets changeset 3 revision of 'file.txt'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_GETSTATUS ==
Gets the status of an item.

== CMD_USAGE_GETSTATUS ==
This is an automation command, meant to be used to automate 'cm' only.
It is not as user friendly as it should be.

Usage:

    cm ^getstatus | ^gs <item_path>[ ...] [--^format=<str_format>] [--^stats]
                      [-^R | -^r | --^recursive]

    item_path           Item or items to get status from. Use double quotes
                        (" ") to specify paths containing spaces. Use a
                        whitespace to separate paths.

Options:

    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^stats             Prints some statistics about the get status process.
    -^R                  Shows recursively the status in directories.

== CMD_HELP_GETSTATUS ==
Remarks:

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {0}             Item path.
        {1}             Item status:
            0   private,
            1   checked in,
            2   checked out.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^getstatus' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a
    single dash "-".
    Example: cm ^getstatus -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify which paths to get the status for.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^getstatus --^format="Path {0} Status {1}" -
      (In Windows, gets the status of all .c files in the workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^getstatus file1.txt file2.txt
    (Gets the status of the files.)

    cm ^gs info\ -^R --^format="The item {0} has the status {1}"
    (Gets the status of the directory and all of its items and shows a
    formatted output.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_GETTASKBRANCHES ==
Gets branches linked with a task.

== CMD_USAGE_GETTASKBRANCHES ==
This is an automation command, meant to be used to automate 'cm' only.
It is not as user friendly as it should be.

Usage:

    cm ^gettaskbranches | ^gtb <task_name> [--^format=<str_format>] 
                             [--^dateformat=<date_format>]

    task_name           The task identifier.

Options:

    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^dateformat        Format used to output dates.

== CMD_HELP_GETTASKBRANCHES ==
Remarks:

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {^tab}           Inserts a tab space.
        {^newline}       Inserts a new line.
        {^name}          Branch name.
        {^owner}         Owner of the branch.
        {^date}          Date when the branch was created.
        {^type}          Branch type ('T' if it is smart or 'F' if not).
        {^parent}        Parent branch.
        {^comment}       Comment of the branch.
        {^repname}       Repository where the branch exists.
        {^repserver}     Server name.

Examples:

    cm ^gettaskbranches 4311
    cm ^gtb 4311 --^format="^br:{^name}"
    cm ^gtb 4311 --^format="^br:{^name} {^date}" --^dateformat="yyyy/MM/dd HH:mm:ss"

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_GETWWI ==
Shows info about the workspace selector.

== CMD_USAGE_GETWWI ==
Usage:

    cm ^wi [<wk_path>]

Options:

    wk_path             Path of a workspace on the machine.

== CMD_HELP_GETWWI ==
Remarks:
    The '^wi' command shows the working configuration of a workspace (repository,
    branch, and/or label).

Examples:
    cm ^wi c:\mywk

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_GWP ==
Gets workspace info from a path.

== CMD_USAGE_GWP ==
This is an automation command, meant to be used to automate 'cm' only.
It is not as user friendly as it should be.

Usage:

    cm ^getworkspacefrompath | ^gwp <item_path> [--^format=<str_format>]

    item_path           File or folder on disk.

Options:
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_GWP ==
Remarks:

    This command shows information about the workspace that is located in path.

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {0} | {^wkname}          Workspace name.
        {1} | {^wkpath}          Workspace path.
        {2} | {^machine}         Client machine name.
        {3} | {^owner}           Workspace owner.
        {4} | {^guid}            Workspace GUID.

        {^tab}                   Inserts a tab space.
        {^newline}               Inserts a new line.

Examples:

    cm ^gwp c:\myworkspace\code\file1.cpp --^format="Workspace name: {^wkname}"

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_HELP ==
Gets help for a Plastic SCM command.

== CMD_USAGE_HELP ==
Usage:

    cm ^help <command>

== CMD_HELP_HELP ==

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_IOSTATS ==
Shows statistics about the hardware.

== CMD_USAGE_IOSTATS ==
Usage:

    cm ^iostats [<repserverspec>] [<list_of_tests>[ ...]]
               [--^nettotalmb=<value_mb>] [--^networkiterations=<value_iter>]
               [--^diskdatasize=<value_size>] [--^disktestpath=<value_path>]
               [--^systemdisplaytime=<value_time>]
               [--^systemdisplaytimeinterval=<value_interval>]

Options:

    repserverspec                 An available Plastic SCM server to perform 
                                  the network tests, such as "serverUploadTest"
                                  and/ or "serverDownloadTest".
                                  If no server is provided, the command tries 
                                  to communicate with the server configured by
                                  default.
                                  (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about
                                  server specs.)
    list_of_tests                 Available tests. Use a whitespace to separate
                                  test fields.
                                  See Remarks for more info.
    --^nettotalmb                  Indicates the amount of user data (in 
                                  MegaBytes) transmitted on a network test, 
                                  such as "^serverDownloadTest" or 
                                  "^serverUploadTest".
                                  It must be a value between "4" and "512".
                                  (Default: 16)
    --^networkiterations           Indicates the number of iterations of
                                  "^serverDownloadTest" and/or "^serverUploadTest" 
                                  that will be run.
                                  It must be a value between "1" and "100".
                                  (Default: 1)
    --^diskdatasize                Indicates the amount of data (in MegaBytes) 
                                  that will be written and then read on the 
                                  "^diskTest".
                                  It must be a value between "100" and "4096".
                                  (Default: 512)
    --^disktestpath                Path where the "^diskTest" writes the test 
                                  files. If this parameter is not provided, 
                                  the command will try to use the system temp 
                                  path.
    --^systemdisplaytime           Time interval (in seconds) showing the usage
                                  of system resources. This option is available
                                  for the following tests: "^systemNetworkUsage"
                                  and "^systemDiskUsage".
                                  It must be a value between "1" and "3600".
                                  (Default: 5 seconds).
     --^systemdisplaytimeinterval  Time interval (in seconds) between the
                                  system performance samples. This option is 
                                  available for the following tests: 
                                  "^systemNetworkUsage" and "^systemDiskUsage".
                                  It must be a value between "1" and "60".
                                  (Default: 1 second).

== CMD_HELP_IOSTATS ==
Remarks:

    This command requires an available server be used during the network
    speed tests ("^serverUploadTest" and/or "^serverDownloadTest").

    The '--^diskTestPath' must point to a path that belongs to the physical
    disk drive about to be tested. If no path is specified, the command tries
    to use the system default temp path.
    The disk drive of the specified path must have enough free space to execute
    the test.

    During the command execution, the system can experience a degraded
    performance caused by the tests performed.

    Available tests:
        --^serveruploadtest      (Default) Measures the data upload speed from
                                Plastic SCM client to the server.
        --^serverdownloadtest    (Default) Measures the data download speed from
                                Plastic SCM server to the client.
        --^disktest              (Default) Measures the disk read speed and disk
                                write speed.
        --^systemnetworkusage    Shows the current usage of system network
                                resources.
                                (It shows Network Interface performance counters
                                provided by Microsoft Windows).
                                Available in Microsoft Windows only.
        --^systemdiskusage       Shows the current usage of system physical
                                disks.
                                (It shows Network Interface performance counters
                                provided by Microsoft Windows).
                                Available in Microsoft Windows only.

Examples:

    cm ^iostats MYSERVER:8087 --^serveruploadtest --^serverdownloadtest --^nettotalmb=32

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ISSUETRACKER ==
Gets, updates, or finds the issue status in the specified issue tracker.

== CMD_USAGE_ISSUETRACKER ==
Usage:

    cm ^issuetracker <name> ^status ^get <task_id> <parameter>[ ...]
    cm ^issuetracker <name> ^status ^update <task_id> <status> <parameter>[ ...]
    cm ^issuetracker <name> ^status ^find <status> <parameter>[ ...]
    cm ^issuetracker <name> ^connection ^check <parameter>[ ...]
    
    name                Name of the issue tracker to connect with.
                        Only Jira is supported at the moment.
    task_id             Number of the issue to query or update.
    ^status              A valid status for an issue in the issue tracker.

Jira parameters (all are mandatory):

    --^user=<user>         The user to authenticate.
    --^password=<password> The password to authenticate.
    --^host=<url>          The target url of the issue tracker.
    --^projectkey=<key>    The project key of Jira project.
    
== CMD_HELP_ISSUETRACKER ==
Examples:

    cm ^issuetracker jira ^status ^get 11 --^user=user@mail.es --^password=pwd \
      --^host=https://user.atlassian.net --^projectkey=PRJ
    (Gets the status of the issue 11 for the 'PRJ' project.)

    cm ^issuetracker jira ^status ^update 11 "Done" --^user=user@mail.es \
      --^password=pwd --^host=https://user.atlassian.net --^projectkey=PRJ
    (Updates the status to 'Done' of the issue 11 for the 'PRJ' project.)
    
    cm ^issuetracker jira ^status ^find "Done" --^user=user@mail.es --^password=pwd \
      --^host=https://user.atlassian.net --^projectkey=PRJ
    (Gets the task ids whose status is set to 'Done' for the 'PRJ' project-)
    
    cm ^issuetracker jira ^connection ^check --^user=user@mail.es --^password=pwd \
      --^host=https://user.atlassian.net --^projectkey=PRJ
    (Checks whether the configuration parameters are valid or not.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LICENSEINFO ==
Displays license information and license usage.

== CMD_USAGE_LICENSEINFO ==
Usage:

    cm ^licenseinfo | ^li [--^server=<repserverspec>] [--^inactive] [--^active]
                        [--^sort=(^name|^status)]

Options:

    --^server            Gets the license info from the specified server.
                        If no server is specified, executes the command on the
                        one configured on the client.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repserver
                        specs.)
    --^inactive          Shows only inactive users in the "license usage" section.
    --^active            Shows only active users in the "license usage" section.
    --^sort              Sorts users by one of the specified sort options:
                        '^name' or '^status'.

== CMD_HELP_LICENSEINFO ==
Remarks:

    The information displayed consists of expiration date, activated and
    deactivated users, etc.

Examples:

    cm ^licenseinfo
    cm ^licenseinfo --^server=myserver:8084
    cm ^licenseinfo --^sort=^name

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LINKTASK ==
Links a changeset to a task.

== CMD_USAGE_LINKTASK ==
This is an automation command, meant to be used to automate 'cm' only.
It is not as user friendly as it should be.

Usage:

    cm ^linktask | ^lt <csetspec> <ext_prefix> <task_name>

    csetspec            The full changeset specification to link to a task.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                        specs.)
    ext_prefix          The extension prefix of the configured issue tracking
                        system to work with.
    task_name           The task identifier on the issue tracking system.

== CMD_HELP_LINKTASK ==
Examples:

    cm ^lt ^cs:8@^rep:default@^repserver:localhost:8084 jira PRJ-1

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LOCK_LIST ==
Shows locks on a server.

== CMD_USAGE_LOCK_LIST ==
Usage:

    cm ^lock ^list | ^ls [<revspec> [ ...]] [--^server=<server>]
                      [--^onlycurrentuser] [--^onlycurrentworkspace]
                      [--^ignorecase]

    revspec             If one or more are present, this command will display
                        one lock line for each specified revision if its
                        associated item is locked in the server. Otherwise,
                        this command will list all locked items in the default
                        server (or the one set with the '--^server' option)
                        Use a whitespace to separate the rev specs when using
                        more than one.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about rev specs.)

Options:

    --^server                Repository server specification.
                            This option will override the default server which
                            is retrieved from the current workspace or the
                            client.conf file.
                            (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about
                            server specs.)
    --^onlycurrentuser       Filters the results showing only the locks performed
                            by the current user.
    --^onlycurrentworkspace  Filters the results showing only the locks performed
                            on the current workspace (matching them by name).
    --^ignorecase            Ignores casing on the paths when a serverpath spec
                            is used. With this flag, the command will work for
                            "/src/foo.c" even if the user writes "/sRc/fOO.c".

== CMD_HELP_LOCK_LIST ==
Remarks:

    The command will display a list of the currently locked items in the
    default server. It also accepts a list of revision specifications; in that
    case, only the locks belonging to the selected items will be displayed.
    A '--^server=<server>' can be used to set the default server to query.

    The command shows a line for every lock in the specified server:
        - GUID of the locked item.
        - User name who performed the lock.
        - Workspace name where the lock was performed.
        - Path of the locked item (server path format).

Examples:

    cm ^lock ^list
    cm ^lock ^list --^server=myserver:8084
    cm ^lock ^ls ^serverpath:/src/foo.c#^cs:99@default@localhost:8084
    cm ^lock ^list ^revid:3521@default ^itemid:2381@secondary --^onlycurrentuser
    cm ^lock ^ls --^onlycurrentuser
    cm ^lock ^ls --^onlycurrentuser --^onlycurrentworkspace

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LISTUSERS ==
Lists users and groups.

== CMD_USAGE_LISTUSERS ==
Usage:

    cm ^listusers | ^lu <repserverspec> [--^onlyusers] [--^onlygroups]
                      [--^filter= <str_filter>]

    repserverspec       Repository server specification.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

Options:

    --^onlyusers         Lists only users.
    --^onlygroups        Lists only groups.
    --^filter            Lists only users and/or groups that matches the
                        specified filter.

== CMD_HELP_LISTUSERS ==
Examples:

    cm ^lu localhost:8084
    (Lists all users in the server.)

    cm ^listusers localhost:8084 --^onlyusers --^filter=m
    (Lists only the users in the server that contains "m".)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LOCATION ==
Returns the path of 'cm'.

== CMD_USAGE_LOCATION ==
Usage:

    cm ^location

== CMD_HELP_LOCATION ==

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LOCK ==
This command allows the user to manage locks.

== CMD_USAGE_LOCK ==
Usage:

    cm ^lock <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^list | ^ls
    ^unlock

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^lock <command> --^usage
    cm ^lock <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_LOCK ==
Examples:

    cm ^lock ^list
    cm ^lock
    ('^list' is optional if there are no arguments.)
    cm ^lock ^ls ^serverpath:/src/foo.c#^cs:99@default@localhost:8084
    cm ^lock ^unlock 91961b14-3dfe-4062-8c4c-f33a81d201f5

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LOG ==
Gets info about revisions in changesets.

== CMD_USAGE_LOG ==
Usage:

    cm ^log [<csetspec> | <repspec>] [--^from=<csetspec_from>] [--^allbranches]
           [--^ancestors] [--^csformat=<str_format>] [--^itemformat=<str_format>]
           [--^xml[=<output_file>]] [--^encoding=<name>] 
           [--^repositorypaths | --^fullpaths | --^fp]

Options:

    csetspec            The command will return every change made in the
                        changeset which specification is provided.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                        specs.)
    repspec             The command will list all changes made in the specified
                        repository.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        specs.)
    --^from              Lists all the changes made in every changeset from the
                        changeset specification [csetspec_from] to the
                        changeset specification [csetspec].
                        The [csetspec_from] changeset is not included in the
                        output.
                        Ignored when a repository spec is provided.
    --^allbranches       Shows information about the changesets created in a
                        specified interval, for all the branches where those
                        changesets were created.
    --^ancestors         Shows information about the reachable changesets by
                        following the parent and merge links for the given
                        changeset ([csetspec]). If the from changeset
                        ([csetspec_from]) is provided too, it will be used as
                        lower limit for all the paths. Remarks: The changeset
                        changes will not be shown when this option is used.
    --^csformat          Retrieves the changeset info in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^itemformat        Retrieves the item info in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^xml               Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
                        It is possible to specify an output file.
    --^encoding          Used with the '--^xml' option, specifies the encoding to
                        use in the XML output, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^fullpaths, --^fp   Force printing full workspace paths for files and
                        directories when possible.
    --^repositorypaths   Prints repository paths (server paths) instead of
                        workspace paths. (This option overrides the
                        '--^fullpaths' option).

== CMD_HELP_LOG ==
Remarks:

    - If neither 'csetspec' nor option is specified, the command shows
      information about every changeset created within the last month in every
      branch.
    - If only the option '--^from' is included, the command shows the
      information about every changeset from that specified changeset to the
      last changeset, in the branch where the changeset was created.
    - If the option '--^allbranches' appears without an interval, the command
      retrieves the same information as it would do if only 'csetspec' was
      specified.
    - If the '--^from' is used, the output contains information from the
      'csetspec_from'+1 on.
    - The repository used to show the changeset information is the one loaded
      in the path where the command executes on.

    This command accepts a format string for the items ('--^itemformat') and a
    format string for the changesets ('--^csformat').

    The output parameters of '--^csformat' are the following:
        {^tab}           Inserts a tab space.
        {^newline}       Inserts a new line.
        {^changesetid}   Changeset number.
        {^branch}        Branch where the changeset was created.
        {^date}          Date of the changeset.
        {^owner}         Owner of the changeset.
        {^comment}       Comment of the changeset.
        {^items}         Items involved in the changeset.
        {^repository}    Repository where the changeset exists.
        {^repserver}     Server name.

    The output parameters of '--^itemformat' are the following:
        {^tab}           Inserts a tab space.
        {^newline}       Inserts a new line.
        {^path}          Item path.
        {^branch}        Branch where the changeset was created.
        {^date}          Date of the changeset.
        {^owner}         Owner of the changeset.
        {^shortstatus}   Prints the short format. See below.
        {^fullstatus}    Prints the long format. See below.

        Short format and its corresponding long format:
            '^A'   ^Added
            '^D'   ^Deleted
            '^M'   ^Moved
            '^C'   ^Changed

    These are valid output strings:
        --^csformat="{^newline}Changeset {^changesetid} created on {^date};{^tab} changed items: {^items}."
        --^itemformat="{^newline}The item {^path} was changed in the branch {^branch}."

Examples:

    cm ^log
    (Shows information about every changeset created in the last month in every
    branch.)

    cm ^log ^cs:16
    (Shows information about the changes done in the changeset 16 in the branch
    where the changeset was created.)

    cm ^log ^cs:16 --^csformat="{^newline}Changeset {^changesetid} created on \
      {^date};{^tab} changed items: {^items}."
    (Shows the information in the specified format.)

    cm ^log --^from=^cs:20 ^cs:50
    (Shows the information about every revision contained in every changeset
    from the changeset 21 to the changeset 50.)

    cm ^log --^from=^cs:20 ^cs:50 --^allbranches
    (Shows the information about every revision contained in every changeset
    from the changeset 21 to the changeset 50 in every branch of the
    repository.)

    cm ^log ^rep:myrep@localhost:8084
    (Shows information about the changes done in the specified repository.
    No workspace is required to run the command.)

    cm ^log --^from=^cs:20@^rep:mainRep@localhost:8084
    (Shows the information about every revision contained in every changeset
    from the changeset 21. No workspace is required to run the command, because
    the full changeset spec was specified.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LS ==
Lists the contents of a tree.

== CMD_USAGE_LS ==
Usage:

    cm ^ls | ^dir [<paths>[ ...]] [--^format=<str_format>] [--^symlink]
                [--^selector[=<selector_format>]] [--^tree=<obj_spec>]
                [-^R | -^r | --^recursive]
                [--^xml[=<output_file>]] [--^encoding=<name>]

Options:

    paths               List of paths to show. Use a whitespace to separate
                        paths.
                        Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths containing
                        spaces.
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^symlink           Applies the operation to the symlink and not to the
                        target.
    --^selector          Gets the content from the active workspace selector.
                        If selector_format is specified, then lists the
                        specified selector.
                        This is mostly deprecated since selectors are
                        no longer a central part of Plastic SCM since 4.x.
    --^tree              Lists the tree in the specified changeset or branch.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)
    -^R                  Lists recursively.
    --^xml               Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
                        It is possible to specify an output file.
    --^encoding          Used with the '--^xml' option, specifies the encoding to
                        use in the XML output, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).

== CMD_HELP_LS ==
Remarks:

    - Path can be typed with meta-characters.
    - The list depends on the workspace selector.
    - The output of the command can be formatted specifying a format string.
    - If '--^tree' or '--^selector' options are specified, the given
      path must be a server path (a.k.a.: 'cm path'): /dir/file.txt, not a
      workspace path: C:\Users\myuser\mywk\dir\file.txt
    - If no path is provided, the workspace path assumed is the current
      directory. If '--^tree' or '--^selector' options are used, then
      the root path ("/") is assumed.

    The default format string is:
      "{^size,10} {^date:dd/MM/yyyy} {^date:HH:mm}\
       {^type,-6} {^location,-12} {^checkout,-5} {^name}\
       {^symlinktarget}"

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {^size}
        {^formattedsize}
        {^date}
        {^type}
            ^dir     directory,
            ^txt     text file,
            ^File    file.
        {^location}      Example: ^br:branch#cset
        {^checkout}
        {^name}
        {^changeset}
        {^path}
        {^repspec}
        {^owner}
        {^revid}
        {^parentrevid}
        {^itemid}
        {^brid}
        {^repid}
        {^server}
        {^symlinktarget}
        {^hash}
        {^chmod}
        {^wkpath}        Path relative to workspace root
        {^branch}
        {^newlocation}   cset@branch
        {^guid}          (Will take longer to resolve)
        {^itemguid}
        {^transformed}   Show applied rule for transformed items

    You can customize the '^ls' format setting the PLASTIC_LS_FORMAT environment
    variable.

Examples:

    cm ^ls
    cm ^ls c:\workspace\src

    cm ^ls --^format={^name}
    (Only file names.)

    cm ^ls --^symlink
    (Displays information about the symlink instead of the 'symlinked' file or
    directory. Available on UNIX environments.)

    cm ^ls code --^selector
    (Shows the content of the 'code' subdirectory from the current workspace
    selector.)

    cm ^ls /code --^selector="^rep 'myrep' ^path '/' ^branch '/^main'"
    (Shows the content of the '/code' subdirectory on the specified selector.
    Note that the path is specified in server format.)

    cm ^ls /code --^tree=44@myrep@denver:7070
    (Lists the '/code' subdirectory at changeset 44 at repo 'myrep' at server
    'denver:7070'.)

    cm ^ls /code --^tree=^br:/main/scm13596@myrep@denver:7070
    (Lists the '/code' subdirectory at the latest changeset in branch
    '/main/scm13596' at repo 'myrep' at server 'denver:7070'.)

    cm ^ls /code --^tree=ae1390ed-7ce9-4ec3-a155-e5a61de0dc77@myrep@denver:7070
    (Lists the '/code' subdirectory at changeset
    ae1390ed-7ce9-4ec3-a155-e5a61de0dc77 at repo 'myrep' at server
    'denver:7070'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_TRIGGER_LIST ==
Lists the triggers of a given type on a server.

== CMD_USAGE_TRIGGER_LIST ==
Usage:

    cm ^trigger | ^tr ^list | ^ls [<subtype-type>] [--^server=<repserverspec>]
                          [--^format=<str_format>]

Options:

    subtype-type        Trigger execution and trigger operation.
                        Type 'cm ^showtriggertypes' to see a list of trigger
                        types.
    --^server            Lists the triggers on the specified server.
                        If no server is specified, executes the command on the
                        one configured on the client.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about server
                        specs.)
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_TRIGGER_LIST ==
Remarks:

    If the type is not specified, lists all the triggers on the server.

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {0}             Trigger position.
        {1}             Trigger name.
        {2}             Trigger path.
        {3}             Trigger owner.
        {4}             Trigger type.
        {5}             Trigger filter.

Examples:
    cm ^trigger list after-mklabel
    cm ^tr ^ls ^before-mkbranch --^server=myserver:8084

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_MANIPULATESELECTOR ==
Changes the selector to a date.

== CMD_USAGE_MANIPULATESELECTOR ==
This is an automation command, meant to be used to automate 'cm' only.
It is not as user friendly as it should be.

Usage:

    cm ^manipulateselector | ^ms [<wk_path> | <wk_spec>] --^atdate=<sel_date>

    wk_path             Path of the workspace.
    wk_spec             Workspace specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about specs.)
Options:

    --^atdate            Returns a selector that will recreate the workspace as
                        it would have looked at the specified date.

== CMD_HELP_MANIPULATESELECTOR ==
Remarks:

    If neither path nor workspace spec is specified, the command will take the
    current directory as workspace path.

Examples:

    cm ^manipulateselector c:\workspace --^atdate=yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss
    cm ^manipulateselector --^atdate=yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss
    cm ^manipulateselector > mySelector.txt --^atdate=yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss
    cm ^manipulateselector ^wk:build_wk@BUILDER --^atdate=yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_MERGE ==
Merges a branch with another branch.

== CMD_USAGE_MERGE ==
Usage:

    cm ^merge <source_spec> [--^merge] [--^cherrypicking] [--^forced]
                           [--^mergetype=(^onlyone|^onlysrc|^onlydst|^try|^forced)]
                           [--^interval-origin=<csetspec> | --^ancestor=<csetspec>]
                           [--^keepsource | --^ks] [--^keepdestination | --^kd]
                           [--^automaticresolution=<conflict-types>[;...]]
                           [--^subtractive] [--^mount] [--^printcontributors]
                           [--^noprintoperations] [--^silent]
                           [(--^to=<brspec> | --^destination=<brspec>)[--^shelve]]
                           [--^no-dst-changes]
                           [-^c=<str_comment> | --^commentsfile=<comments_file>]
                           [--^resolveconflict --^conflict=<index>
                           --^resolutionoption=(^src|^dst|(^rename --^resolutioninfo=<strname>))
                           --^mergeresultfile=<path> --^solvedconflictsfile=<path>]
                           [--^nointeractiveresolution]
                           [--^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>]
                             [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]

    source_spec           Specification of the source object to merge from:
                          - a branch specification: '[^br:/]br_name'
                          - a label specification: '^lb:lb_name'
                          - a changeset specification: '^cs:cs_number'
                          - a shelve specification: '^sh:shelve_number'
                          (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

Options:

    --^merge                   Performs the merge. Otherwise, prints the
                              conflicts found.
    --^cherrypicking           Merges the changes included on the source 
                              changesets. This option is not used if the merge
                              source specification is a label.
    --^forced                  Does not check if the source and destination are
                              already connected.
                              This option is only available for interval merge 
                              and cherrypicking.
    --^mergetype               See Remarks for more info.
    --^interval-origin         Specifies which changeset is chosen as the 
                              interval origin, so the merge will only take the
                              differences between the source changeset and the 
                              specified interval origin.
    --^ancestor                This is an alias of --^interval-origin.
    --^keepsource              Accepts all changes from source contributor for
                              items with conflicts.
    --^keepdestination         Preserves changes from destination contributor
                              for items with conflicts.
    --^automaticresolution     Used to resolve directory conflicts. This option
                              lets you choose whether the source or the
                              destination contributor should be automatically
                              selected to resolve the conflict.
                              Use a semicolon to separate conflict types.
                              See Remarks for more info.
    --^subtractive             Deletes changes introduced by a merge. The
                              parameter passed to the command (source_spec) is
                              used to specify which is the source to delete 
                              changes. It must be a changeset. In the case of a
                              changeset interval, the '--^interval-origin' must
                              be used to define the interval origin. To remove
                              a change, the system creates a new checked out
                              revision which will have the content of the
                              previous one except for the deleted changes.
    --^mount                   The mount point for the given repository.
    --^printcontributors       Prints the contributors (base, source, and 
                              destination).
    --^noprintoperations       Silently resolves merges without showing
                              information about the resolution.
    --^silent                  Does not show any output.
    --^to | --^destination      Performs a merge-to operation to the specified
                              branch (by entering a branch spec or brspec)
                              with full conflict resolution.
                              A "merge-to" (or workspace-less merge) is a merge
                              done in the server side. While normal merges
                              happen on a workspace merging "from" a branch,
                              label or changeset, a merge-to happens entirely
                              on the server. While in normal merges the
                              "destination" is the workspace, in "merge-to" a
                              destination must be always specified (that's why
                              we call it "to").
                              Check the following link for more information
                              about the "merge to" feature:
                              https://www.plasticscm.com/download/help/mergeto
    --^shelve                  Creates a shelve with the changes of the merge
                              result (plus merge traceability info) instead of
                              creating a new changeset. This option is not
                              available when the merge source is a shelve. This
                              option is only available for server-side-merge
                              (a.k.a. "merge-to"). Hence, the '--^to' and
                              '--^merge' options are required.
    --^no-dst-changes          Ensures that the destination contributor doesn't
                              have changes (the destination changeset is also
                              the common ancestor). When there are changes on
                              the destination, the merge is not allowed.
    -^c                        Applies the specified comment to the changeset
                              created in the merge operation.
    --^commentsfile            Applies the comment in the specified file to the
                              changeset created in the merge operation.
    --^resolveconflict         (Mainly used by plugins. See Remarks for more info.)
                              Used to solve a directory conflict.
    --^conflict                Used with the '--^resolveconflict' flag, specifies
                              the index of the conflict to solve starting at 1.
    --^resolutionoption        Used with the '--^resolveconflict' flag, indicates
                              the type of the conflict resolution. Use one of
                              the following options: '^src', '^dst', '^rename'.
                              See Remarks for more info.
    --^resolutioninfo          Used with the '--^resolveconflict' flag, provides
                              the name to use when the '--^resolutionoption'
                              option is 'rename'.
    --^mergeresultfile         Used with the '--^resolveconflict' flag, outputs
                              into a file the information of the merge result
                              between different calls .The specified path will
                              be created during the first call and updated on 
                              each next call.
    --^solvedconflictsfile     Used with the '--^resolveconflict' flag, outputs
                              into a file the information of the conflicts
                              solved between different calls. The specified
                              path will be created during the first call and
                              updated on each next call.
    --^nointeractiveresolution (Mainly used by plugins. See Remarks for more info.)
                              Avoids prompting the user for manual conflict.
                              This way, a directory conflict won't be solved.
    --^machinereadable         (Mainly used by plugins. See Remarks for more info.)
                              Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                              how the lines should start. (Default: empty string.)
    --^endlineseparator        Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                              how the lines should end. (Default: empty string.)
    --^fieldseparator          Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                              how the fields should be separated. (Default:
                              whitespace.)

== CMD_HELP_MERGE ==
Remarks:

    This command is used to merge changes between two branches or between a
    label and a branch. The destination of the merge must be always a branch.
    The merge source is specified as an argument.
    Destination is the current content of the workspace.
    For example, to display the elements that will be merged from branch
    task001 to the main branch, the selector must point to the main branch,
    the workspace must be updated, and then:
        cm ^merge ^br:/task001

    To really perform the merge, '--^merge' option is added:
        cm ^merge ^br:/task001 --^merge

    To define the merge source, the following specs can be used:

    - A branch specification (brspec):
        [^br:/]br_name
        Example: ^br:/main/task001
        (The above performs a merge from the last changeset on this branch.)

    - A label specification (lbspec):
        ^lb:lb_name
        Example: ^lb:BL001
        (Merge from the labeled changeset.)

    - A changeset specification (csetspec):
        ^cs:cs_number
        Example: ^cs:25
        (Merge from the given changeset content.)

    - A shelve specification (shspec):
        ^sh:shelve_number
        Example: ^sh:2
        (Merge from the given shelve content.)

    To automatically resolve directory conflicts, use '--^automaticresolution'
    option and specify the type of conflict followed by the contributor
    (source or destination) that must be selected during the merge operation.
    (Separate each "type of conflict"-"contributor" pair by a semicolon (;).)
    For example:
        cm ^merge ^cs:2634 --^merge --^automaticresolution=^eviltwin-src;^changedelete-src
        (The merge operation from changeset 2634 resolves the "^eviltwin" and 
        "^changedelete" conflicts by keeping the source ("-^src") contributor in
        both cases.)
    - A "-^src" suffix after a conflict type tells the merge command to keep the
      source contributor changes.
    - A "-^dst" suffix will keep the destination contributor changes.
    This is the list of conflict types the merge command supports: 
      "^movedeviltwin", "^eviltwin", "^changedelete", "^deletechange", "^movedelete",
      "^deletemove", "^loadedtwice", "^addmove", "^moveadd", "^divergentmove",
      "^cyclemove", "^all". 
    The "^all" value overrides the other options. In the following example,
    "^eviltwin-dst" will be ignored:
        cm ^merge ^br:/main/task062 --^merge --^automaticresolution=^all-src;^eviltwin-dst
    Check the following link to learn more about merge conflicts:
    https://www.plasticscm.com/download/help/directorymerges

    These are the options for '--^mergetype':
        ^onlyone         Automatic merge if only one contributor modified the
                        item.
        ^onlysrc         Automatic merge if only source contributor modified the
                        item.
        ^onlydst         Automatic merge if only destination contributor modified
                        the item.
        ^try             Automatic merge if only one contributor has modified the
                        conflictive piece of code (each conflict).
        ^forced          Always try to solve all non-automatic conflicts.

    These are the options that are mainly used by plugins and integrations:
        - '--^resolveconflict' to solve a directory conflict. You also have to
          use the following options:
              - '--^conflict' is the index of the conflict that you want to 
                solve, starting at 1.
              - '--^resolutionoption' indicates the conflict resolution to 
                 use. This can be:
                    - '^src' to keep the source change and discard the 
                      destination change
                    - '^dst' to keep the destination change and discard the 
                      source change
                    - '^rename' (only if the conflict type supports this 
                      resolution), to rename the destination to the given name
                      provided with the '--^resolutioninfo' option.
                        - '--^resolutioninfo' to provide the name to use on a 
                          '^rename' resolution
              - '--^mergeresultfile' and '--^solvedconflictsfile', both used to 
                store the merge info between different calls.
        - '--^nointeractiveresolution' indicates the merge to not ask the user for
          manual conflict resolution.
        - '--^machinereadable' and '--^startlineseparator', '--^endlineseparator',
          '--^fieldseparator' options to print the output on a machine-readable 
          way (easier-to-parse).
        Example:
        cm ^merge --^machinereadable --^startlineseparator=start@_@line \
          --^endlineseparator=new@_@line --^fieldseparator=def#_#sep \
          --^mergeresultfile=C:\Users\Borja\AppData\Local\Temp\2tmp4D6C.tmp \
          --^solvedconflictsfile=C:\Users\Borja\AppData\Local\Temp\2tmp4D6D.tmp \
          --^resolveconflict --^conflict=1 --^resolutionoption=rename  \
          --^resolutioninfo=bin_dst ^br:/main/task --^merge

Examples:

    cm ^merge ^br:/task001
    (Does not merge, just prints items to be merged.)

    cm ^merge ^br:/task001 --^merge
    (Does merge from branch 'task001'.)

    cm ^merge ^cs:5 --^merge --^cherrypicking --^interval-origin=^cs:2
    (Cherrypick from the changeset interval (2,5].)

    cm ^merge ^cs:8 --^merge --^subtractive --^keepdestination
    (Subtractive merge from changeset 8, keeping destination changes for those
    elements with conflicts.)

    cm ^merge ^br:/main/task001 --^to=^br:/main --^merge -^c="Integrated new UI"
    (Does server-side merge, a.k.a. merge-to, from branch 'task001' to branch
    'main' and sets a comment.)

    cm ^merge ^br:/main/task001 --^to=^br:/main --^merge --^shelve
    (Does server-side merge from branch 'task001' to branch 'main' and leaves
    the result on a shelve.)

    cm ^merge ^sh:2 --^to=^br:/main --^merge --^no-dst-changes
    (Applies the shelve 2 into 'main' only if it was created from the current
    'main' head')

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE ==
Creates a new attribute.

== CMD_USAGE_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^attribute | ^att ^create | ^mk <att_name>

    att_name            Attribute name

== CMD_HELP_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE ==
Examples:

    cm ^attribute ^create status
    (Creates the attribute 'status'.)

    cm ^att ^mk integrated
    (Creates the attribute 'integrated'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_BRANCH ==
Allows the user to manage branches.

== CMD_USAGE_BRANCH ==
Usage:

    cm ^branch | ^br <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^create | ^mk
    ^delete | ^rm
    ^rename
    ^history
    ^showmain
    ^showmerges

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^branch <command> --^usage
    cm ^branch <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_BRANCH ==
Examples:

    cm ^branch /main/scm21345
    cm ^branch ^create /main/scm21345
    cm ^branch ^delete /main/scm21345
    cm ^branch ^rename /main/scm21345 scm21346
    cm ^branch ^history /main/scm21345
    cm ^branch ^showmain
    cm ^branch ^showmerges file.txt

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_BRANCH_CREATE ==
Creates a new branch.

== CMD_USAGE_BRANCH_CREATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^branch | ^br [^create | ^mk] <brspec> 
                   [--^changeset=<csetspec> | --^label=<lbspec>]
                   [-^c=<str_comment> | -^commentsfile=<comments_file>]

    brspec         The new branch name or spec. 
                   (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch specs.)

Options:

    --^changeset     Changeset used as starting point for the new branch.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about cset specs.)
    --^label         Label used as starting point for the new branch.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about label specs.)
    -^c              Fills in the comment field of the new branch with the
                    specified text.
    -^commentsfile   Fills in the comment field of the new branch with the
                    contents of the specified file.

== CMD_HELP_BRANCH_CREATE ==
Remarks:

    To create a top-level branch, specify the name without any hierarchy.
    For example:

        cm ^br /dev

    If no optional parameter '--^changeset' is specified, the base of the new
    branch will be the last changeset on the parent branch. If the new branch
    is a top-level branch, the base changeset used will be cset 0.

    You can specify a comment using either the '-^c' or the '-^m' switches:

        cm ^branch /main/task001 -^c="This is the comment"
        cm ^branch /main/task001 -^m "This is the comment"

    Set the PLASTICEDITOR environment variable to specify an editor for
    entering comments. If the PLASTICEDITOR environment variable is set, and
    the comment is empty, the editor will be automatically launched to allow
    you to specify the comment.

Examples:

    cm ^branch task001
    cm ^branch ^create task001
    cm ^branch ^mk task001
    cm ^br ^mk task001
    (Creates a top-level 'task001' branch in the repository of the current
    workspace.)

    cm ^branch ^br:/task001/task002@
    (Creates 'task002' branch as child of 'task001'.)

    cm ^br /main/task001@myrep@myserver:8084 -^c="my comment"
    (Creates 'task001' branch as child of 'main' in repository 
    'myrep@myserver:8084' with comment 'my comment'.)

    cm ^branch ^br:/main/task001 --^changeset=2837 -^commentsfile=commenttask001.txt
    (Creates the 'task001' branch as child of 'main' with base 'changeset=2837',
    and applies the comment in 'commenttask001.txt' file.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_BRANCH_DELETE ==
Deletes one or more branches.

== CMD_USAGE_BRANCH_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^branch | ^br ^delete | ^rm <brspec>[ ...]

    brspec              Branch to delete. Use a whitespace to separate branches.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch
                        specs.)

== CMD_HELP_BRANCH_DELETE ==
Remarks:

    This command deletes one or more branches.

Examples:

    cm ^branch ^delete /main/task001
    (Deletes the branch with name 'task001' that is a child of 'main' in the
    repository of the current workspace.)

    cm ^br ^rm main/task002 /main/task012@reptest@myserver:8084
    (Deletes branches '/main/task002' in the repository of the current workspace
    and '/main/task012' in the repository 'reptest@myserver:8084'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_BRANCH_RENAME ==
Renames a branch.

== CMD_USAGE_BRANCH_RENAME ==
Usage:

    cm ^branch | ^br ^rename <brspec> <new_name>

    brspec          Branch to rename.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch specs.)
    new_name        New name for the branch.

== CMD_HELP_BRANCH_RENAME ==
Remarks:

    This command renames a branch.

Examples:

    cm ^branch ^rename /main/task0 task1
    (Renames branch '/main/task0' to '/main/task1'.)

    cm ^br ^rename ^br:/main@reptest@server2:8084 secondary
    (Renames the 'main' branch of repository 'reptest' to 'secondary'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_BRANCH_HISTORY ==
Shows the history of a branch.

== CMD_USAGE_BRANCH_HISTORY ==
Usage:

    cm ^branch | ^br ^history <brspec> [--^dateformat=<date_format>]
                           [--^machinereadable]

    brspec          The branch specification to obtain the history.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch specs.)

Options:

    --^dateformat            Format used to output dates.
    --^machinereadable       Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.

== CMD_HELP_BRANCH_HISTORY ==
Examples:

    cm ^branch ^history ^br:/main/scm001@myrepository@myserver:8084
    (Displays the history of '/main/scm001' branch of 'myrepository' repository
    on 'myserver' server.)

    cm ^br ^history main --^dateformat="yyyy, dd MMMM" --^machinereadable
    (Displays the history of the 'main' branch of the current repository,
    with a given date format, and in an easy-to-parse format.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_BRANCH_SHOWMAIN ==
Shows the main branch of a repository.
This is an automation command, meant to be used to automate 'cm' only.
Most likely, the main branch of your repository is '/main'.

== CMD_USAGE_BRANCH_SHOWMAIN ==
Usage:

    cm ^branch | ^br ^showmain [<repspec>] [--^encoding=<name>]
                            [--^format=<format_str>] [--^dateformat=<date_format>]

    repspec             The repository specification where to show the main
                        branch.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about rep specs.)

Options:

    --^encoding          Specifies the encoding to use in the output,
                        i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^dateformat        Format used to output dates.

== CMD_HELP_BRANCH_SHOWMAIN ==
Remarks:

    This command shows the main branch of a repository.

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {^id}                Branch id.
        {^comment}           Comment.
        {^date}              Date.
        {^name}              Name.
        {^owner}             Owner.
        {^parent}            Parent branch name.
        {^repository}        Repository.
        {^repname}           Repository name.
        {^repserver}         Server.
        {^changeset}         Head changeset of the branch.

Examples:

    cm ^branch ^showmain
    (Displays the main branch for the repository of the current workspace.)

    cm ^branch ^showmain repo@server:8084
    (Displays the main branch for the repository 'repo' in server
    'server:8084'.)

    cm ^br ^showmain --^dateformat="yyyy, dd MMMM" --^encoding=utf8
    (Displays the main branch of the repository with a given date format,
    and the output is in utf8.)

    cm ^br ^showmain --^format="{^id} - {^name}"
    (Displays the main branch of the repository, printing only its id and name.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_BRANCH_SHOWMERGES ==
Shows branches pending to be merged.

== CMD_USAGE_BRANCH_SHOWMERGES ==
This is an automation command, meant to be used to automate 'cm' only.
It is not as user friendly as it should be.

Usage:

    cm ^branch | ^br ^showmerges <item_path>[ ...]
                              [--^format=<format_str>] 
                              [--^dateformat=<date_format>]

Options:
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^dateformat        Format used to output dates.

== CMD_HELP_BRANCH_SHOWMERGES ==
Remarks:

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {^id}                Branch id.
        {^comment}           Comment.
        {^date}              Date.
        {^name}              Name.
        {^owner}             Owner.
        {^parent}            Parent branch name.
        {^parentid}          Parent branch id.
        {^repid}             Repository id.
        {^repository}        Repository.
        {^repname}           Repository name.
        {^repserver}         Repository server.

Examples:

    cm ^branch ^showmerges file.txt
    (Displays branches involved in the pending merge of 'file.txt'.)

    cm ^branch ^showmerges file.txt --^format="{^date} {^name}" --^dateformat="ddMMyy"
    (Displays branches involved in the merge, printing only the date and the
    name, with a given date format.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REPOSITORY ==
Allows the user to manage repositories.

== CMD_USAGE_REPOSITORY ==
Usage:

    cm ^repository | ^repo <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^create | ^mk
    ^delete | ^rm
    ^list   | ^ls
    ^rename
    ^add

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^repository <command> --^usage
    cm ^repository <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_REPOSITORY ==
Examples:

    cm ^repository
    cm ^repository ^list
    cm ^repository newrepo
    cm ^repository ^create newrepo
    cm ^repository ^rename oldname newname
    cm ^repository ^add C:\repo\

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REPOSITORY_CREATE ==
Creates a repository on a server.

== CMD_USAGE_REPOSITORY_CREATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^repository | ^repo <rep_name>
    cm ^repository | ^repo <repserverspec> <rep_name>[ ...]
    cm ^repository | ^repo [^create | ^mk] <rep_name>

    repserverspec       Repository server specification.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about rep server
                        specs.)
    rep_name            Name or names of the new repository or repositories.
                        Use a whitespace to separate repository names.

== CMD_HELP_REPOSITORY_CREATE ==
Examples:

    cm ^repository MyRep
    cm ^repo 192.168.1.140:8087 Rep01 Rep01/ModuleA Rep01/ModuleB
    cm ^repo ^create Rep01
    cm ^repo ^mk list

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REPOSITORY_DELETE ==
Deletes a repository from a server.

== CMD_USAGE_REPOSITORY_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^repository | ^repo ^delete | ^rm <repspec>

Options:

    repspec            Repository specification.
                       (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about rep specs.)

== CMD_HELP_REPOSITORY_DELETE ==
Remarks:

    Deletes a repository from the repository server.
    The data is not removed from the database backend, but unplugged
    so that it will not be accessible anymore.
    (Data can be reconnected afterwards, see 'cm ^repository ^add'.)

Examples:

    cm ^repository ^delete myrepository@^repserver:myserver:8084
    cm ^repository ^rm myrepository@myserver:8084
    cm ^repo ^rm myrepository

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REPOSITORY_LIST ==
Lists the repositories on a server.

== CMD_USAGE_REPOSITORY_LIST ==
Usage:

    cm ^repository | ^repo [^list | ^ls] [<repserverspec>] [--^format=<str_format>]

Options:

    repserverspec       Repository server specification.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about rep server
                        specs.)
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_REPOSITORY_LIST ==
Remarks:

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.

    The output parameters of this command are the following:

        {^repid}     | {0}           Repository identifier.
        {^repname}   | {1}           Repository name.
        {^repserver} | {2}           Server name.
        {^repowner}  | {3}           Repository owner.
        {^repguid}   | {4}           Unique identifier of the repository.
        {^tab}                       Inserts a tab space.
        {^newline}                   Inserts a new line.

    If the format parameter value is '^TABLE', the output will be printed
    using a table format with the {^repid}, {^repname} and {^repserver} fields.

Examples:

    cm ^repository
    (Lists all repositories.)

    cm ^repository ^list localhost:8084 --^format="{1, -20} {3}"
    (Writes the repository name in 20 spaces, aligned to left, then a blank,
    and then the repository owner.)

    cm ^repository ^ls localhost:8084 --^format="{^repname, -20} {^repowner}"
    (Writes the same as the previous example.)

    cm ^repo ^ls localhost:8084 --^format=^TABLE
    (Writes the list of repositories using a table format with the following
    fields: repository id, repository name, and repository server name.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REPOSITORY_RENAME ==
Renames a repository.

== CMD_USAGE_REPOSITORY_RENAME ==
Usage:

    cm ^repository | ^repo ^rename [<repspec>] <new_name>

    repspec             Repository to be renamed.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        specifications.)
    new_name            New name for the repository.

== CMD_HELP_REPOSITORY_RENAME ==
Remarks:

    This command renames a repository.
    If no repspec is specified, current repository will be assumed.

Examples:

    cm ^repository ^rename development
    (The current repository will be renamed to 'development'.)

    cm ^repo ^rename ^rep:default@SERVER:8084 development
    (The 'default' repository on 'SERVER' will be renamed to 'development'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REPOSITORY_ADD ==
Connects an existing repository by adding its database.

== CMD_USAGE_REPOSITORY_ADD ==
Usage:

    cm ^repository | ^repo ^add <db_file> <rep_name> <repserverspec>

    db_file             The name of the database file on the database backend.
    rep_name            The name of the repository.
    repserverspec       The repository server specification.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        server specifications.)

== CMD_HELP_REPOSITORY_ADD ==
Remarks:

    Reconnects an existing repository database to the server.
    Example: After using the 'cm ^repository ^delete' command, use the '^add'
    command to move a repository from one server to another or to restore an
    archived repository.

Examples:

    cm ^repository ^add rep_27 myrepository myserver:8084

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_TRIGGER_CREATE ==
Creates a new trigger on a server.

== CMD_USAGE_TRIGGER_CREATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^trigger | ^tr ^create | ^mk <subtype-type> <new_name> <script_path>
                                [--^position=<new_position>]
                                [--^filter=<str_filter>]
                                [--^server=<repserverspec>]

    subtype-type        Trigger execution and trigger operation.
                        Type 'cm ^showtriggertypes' to see a list of trigger
                        types.
    new_name            Name of the new trigger.
    script_path         Disk path on the server where the script to execute is
                        located. If the command line starts with "^webtrigger ",
                        the trigger will be considered as a web trigger. See
                        Remarks for more information.

Options:

    --^position          New position of the specified trigger.
                        This position must not be in use by another trigger of
                        the same type.
    --^filter            Checks only items that matches the specified filter.
    --^server            Creates the trigger on the specified server.
                        If no server is specified, executes the command on the
                        one configured on the client.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        server specifications.)

== CMD_HELP_TRIGGER_CREATE ==
Remarks:

    Web triggers: A web trigger is created by typing "^webtrigger <target-uri>"
    as the trigger command. In this case, the trigger will execute a POST query
    against the specified URI -where the request body contains a JSON
    dictionary with the trigger environment variables- and a fixed INPUT key
    pointing to an array of strings.

Examples:

    cm ^trigger ^create ^after-setselector "BackupMgr" "/path/to/script" --^position=4

    cm ^tr ^mk ^before-mklabel new "/path/to/script" --^server=myserver:8084

    cm ^tr ^mk ^after-mklabel Log "/path/to/script" --^filter="^rep:myRep,LB*"
    (This trigger will be executed only if the label name starts with 'LB'
    and it is being created in a repository called 'myRep'.)

    cm ^tr ^mk ^after-checkin NotifyTeam "^webtrigger http://myserver.org/api"

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_MOVE ==
Moves or renames a file or directory.

== CMD_USAGE_MOVE ==
Usage:

    cm ^move | ^mv <src_path> <dst_path> [--^format=<str_format>]
                 [--^errorformat=<str_format>]

    src_path            Source item path.
    dst_path            Destination item path.

Options:

    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^errorformat       Retrieves the error message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_MOVE ==
Remarks:

    This command moves or renames an item in the repository.
    Changes are done in the local filesystem too.

    If the source path is a file, the destination path can be a file or a
    directory. In the first case, the file is renamed; otherwise, the item
    is moved.
    If source path is a directory, the destination path must be a directory.

    The item to move or rename must exist.

    Format:
        {0}         Source path (both for '--^format' and '--^errorformat')
        {1}         Destination path (both for '--^format' and '--^errorformat')

Examples:

    cm ^move file.txt file.old
    (Renames the item.)

    cm ^mv .\file.old .\oldFiles
    (Moves 'file.old' to 'oldFiles'.)

    cm ^move .\src .\src2
    (Renames a directory.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LABEL ==
Allows the user to manage labels.

== CMD_USAGE_LABEL ==
Usage:

    cm ^label | ^lb <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^create | ^mk
    ^delete | ^rm
    ^rename

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^label <command> --^usage
    cm ^label <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_LABEL ==
Examples:

    cm ^label myNewLabel ^cs:42
    ('^create' command is optional.)
    
    cm ^label ^rename myNewLabel newLabelName
    cm ^label ^delete newLabelName

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LABEL_CREATE ==
Applies a label to a changeset and creates the label if required.

== CMD_USAGE_LABEL_CREATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^label [^create] <lbspec> [<csetspec> | <wk_path>]
                        [--^allxlinkedrepositories]
                        [-^c=<str_comment> | -^commentsfile=<comments_file>]

    lbspec              The new label name.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about label
                        specs.)
    csetspec            Name or full specification of the changeset to label.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                        specs.)
    wk_path             Path of the workspace to label. (The changeset that the
                        workspace is pointing will be labeled.)

Options:

    --^allxlinkedrepositories  Creates the new label in all Xlinked repositories.
    -^c                        Applies the specified comment to the new label.
    -^commentsfile             Applies the comment in the specified file to the
                              new label.

== CMD_HELP_LABEL_CREATE ==
Remarks:

    Set PLASTICEDITOR environment variable to specify an editor to type the
    comment.

Examples:

    cm ^label ^create ^lb:BL001 ^cs:1203 -^commentsfile=commentlb001.txt
    (Creates label 'BL001' attached to changeset 1203, and applies the comment
    in the 'commentlb001.txt' file.)

    cm ^label BL002 ^cs:1203 -^c="first release"
    (Creates label 'BL002', with a comment, and attached to changeset 1203.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LABEL_DELETE ==
Deletes one or more labels.

== CMD_USAGE_LABEL_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^label ^delete <lbspec>[ ...]

    lbspec          Label to delete. Use a whitespace to separate labels.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about label
                    specs.)

== CMD_HELP_LABEL_DELETE ==
Remarks:

    This command deletes one or more labels.

Examples:

    cm ^label ^delete ^lb:BL001
    (Deletes the label 'BL001'.)

    cm ^label ^delete ^lb:BL001 ^lb:BL002@reptest@server2:8084
    (Deletes the labels 'BL001' and 'BL002'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LABEL_RENAME ==
Renames a label.

== CMD_USAGE_LABEL_RENAME ==
Usage:

    cm ^label ^rename <lbspec> <new_name>

    lbspec          Label to rename.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about label specs.)
    new_name        New name for the label.

== CMD_HELP_LABEL_RENAME ==
Remarks:

    This command renames a label.

Examples:

    cm ^label ^rename ^lb:BL001 BL002
    (Renames the label 'BL001' to 'BL002'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_OBLITERATE ==
DEPRECATED

== CMD_USAGE_OBLITERATE ==
DEPRECATED.

== CMD_HELP_OBLITERATE ==
DEPRECATED.

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_OBJECTSPEC ==
Describes how to write object specs.

== CMD_USAGE_OBJECTSPEC ==
Usage:
    cm ^objectspec
    To get all the information about how to build object specs.

== CMD_HELP_OBJECTSPEC ==
Several Plastic SCM commands expect 'object specs' as input to refer to a
given object (typically a branch, changeset, repository, etc).

This documentation describes the different "specs" available and how to
build them.

Each spec type begins with a unique tag, for example "^rep:" or "^cs:". The tag
must be specified for commands that take a general object spec, for example 
"cm ^setowner object_spec", but can often be omitted for commands that take only
a single type of spec, for example, "cm ^getfile revision_spec".

-- Repository server spec (repserverspec) --
    ^repserver:name:port

    Examples:
        cm ^repo ^list ^repserver:skull:8084
        cm ^repo ^list skull:8084

    Side note:
        We call it 'repository server spec', instead of just 'server spec' for
        historical reasons. Long ago, we had separate workspace and repository
        servers, and the naming survived.

-- Repository spec (repspec) --
    ^rep:rep_name@[repserverspec]

    Examples:
        cm ^showowner ^rep:codice@localhost:6060
        (Here the "^rep:" is required because ^showowner admits not only repos
        but also other types of objects. So it needs the user to indicate the
         object type.)

-- Branch spec (brspec) --
    ^br:[/]br_name[@repspec]

    Examples:
        cm ^switch ^br:/main@^rep:plastic@^repserver:skull:9095
        (In this case "^br:", "^rep" and "^repserver" are not needed, so the
         command admits a much shorter form:
        "cm ^switch main@plastic@skull:9095".)

        cm ^find ^revisions "^where ^branch='^br:/main/task001'"

    Remark:
        The initial '/' on the branch is not mandatory. We used to specify all
        our branches as /main, /main/task001, and so on. But now, we prefer the
        shorter form main, main/task001 which makes commands more compact.

-- Changeset spec (csetspec) --
    ^cs:cs_number|cs_guid[@repspec]

    The number or GUID of the changeset can be specified.

    Examples:
        cm ^ls /code --^tree=ae1390ed-7ce9-4ec3-a155-e5a61de0dc77@code@skull:7070

-- Label spec (labelspec) --
    ^lb:lb_name[@repspec]

    Examples:
        cm ^switch ^lb:RELEASE2.0
        cm ^switch ^lb:RELEASE1.4@myrep@MYSERVER:8084

-- Revision spec --
There are different types of rev specs:

    ^rev:item_path[#(brspec|csetspec|labelspec)]

    ^rev:^serverpath:item_path#(brspec|cset_spec|lb_spec)

    ^rev:^revid:rev_id[@rep_spec]

    ^rev:^itemid:item_id#(br_spec|cset_spec|lb_spec)

    Examples:
        cm ^diff ^rev:readme.txt#^cs:19 ^rev:readme.txt#^cs:20

        cm ^diff ^serverpath:/doc/readme.txt#^cs:19@myrepo \
            ^serverpath:/doc/readme.txt#^br:/main@myrepo@localhost:8084

        cm ^cat ^revid:1230@^rep:myrep@^repserver:myserver:8084

-- Item spec --
    ^item:path
    Rarely used.

    Example:
        cm ^find ^revision "^where ^item='^item:.'"

-- Attribute spec --
    ^att:att_name[@repspec]

    Example:
        cm ^attribute ^set ^att:merged@code@doe:8084 ^cs:25@code@doe:8084 done

-- Shelve spec --
    ^sh:sh_number[@repspec]

    Example:
        cm ^diff ^sh:2 ^sh:4

-- Workspace specs --
    ^wk:name@clientmachine

Rarely used, since they only apply to workspace related commands. Useful to
specify the workspace by name and machine instead of path.

    Examples:
        cm ^showselector ^wk:codebase@modok

    Side note:
        These specs come from the old days of Plastic SCM 2.x where 'workspace
        servers' existed as a way to store workspace metadata in a centralized
        way. Were deprecated due to performance issues.

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL ==
Runs commands in a partial workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^configure
    ^add
    ^undo
    ^co   | ^checkout
    ^unco | ^undocheckout
    ^ci   | ^checkin
    ^mv   | ^move
    ^rm   | ^remove
    ^stb  | ^switch
    ^upd  | ^update

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^partial <command> --^usage
    cm ^partial <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL ==
Examples:

    cm ^partial ^configure +/background-blue.png
    cm ^partial ^update landscape-1024.png
    cm ^partial ^checkin eyes-green.png eyes-black.png

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_ADD ==
Adds an item to version control.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_ADD ==
Usage: 

    cm ^partial ^add [-^R | -^r | --^recursive] [--^silent] [--^parents]
                   [--^ignorefailed] [--^skipcontentcheck] <item_path>[ ...]

    item_path           Items to add. Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths
                        containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate paths.
                        Use * to add all the contents of the current directory.

Options:

    -^R                  Adds items recursively.
    --^silent            Does not show any output.
    --^parents           Includes the parent directories of the items specified
                        in the operation.
    --^ignorefailed      If an item cannot be added, the add operation will
                        continue without it. Note: If a directory cannot be
                        added, its content is not added.
    --^skipcontentcheck  When the extension is not enough to set the file as
                        text or binary, it will be set as binary by default
                        instead of checking the content to detect the type.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_ADD ==
Remarks:

    Requirements to add items:
    - The parent directory of the item to add must be previously added.

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^add pic1.png pic2.png
    (Adds 'pic1.png' and 'pic2.png' items.)

    cm ^partial ^add c:\workspace\picture.png
    (Adds 'picture.png' item in path 'c:\workspace'.)

    cm ^partial ^add -^R c:\workspace\src
    (Recursively adds 'src'.)
    
    cm ^partial ^add --^parents samples\design01.png
    (Adds 'design01.png' file and 'samples' parent folder.)
    
    cm ^partial ^add -^R *
    (Recursively adds all the contents of the current directory.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_CHECKIN ==
Stores changes in the repository.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_CHECKIN ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial ^checkin | ^ci [<item_path>[ ...]]
                            [-^c=<str_comment> | -^commentsfile=<comments_file>]
                            [--^all | -^a] [--^applychanged] [--^keeplock]
                            [--^symlink] [--^ignorefailed]

Options:

    item_path           Items to checkin. Use double quotes (" ") to specify
                        paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate
                        paths.
                        Use . to apply checkin to current directory.
    -^c                  Specifies a comment to the changeset created in the
                        checkin operation.
    -^commentsfile       Applies the comment from the specified file to the
                        changeset created in the checkin operation.
    --^all | -^a          Includes also the items changed, moved, and deleted
                        locally on the specified paths.
    --^applychanged      Applies the checkin operation to the changed items
                        detected in the workspace along with the checked out
                        items.
    --^keeplock          Keeps the lock of the locked items after the checkin
                        operation.
    --^symlink           Applies the checkin operation to the symlink and not to
                        the target.
    --^ignorefailed      Any changes that cannot be applied (because the lock
                        - a.k.a. exclusive checkout - cannot be adquired or 
                        because local changes are in conflict with the server
                        changes) are discarded and the checkin operation
                        continues without them.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_CHECKIN ==
Remarks:

    - If <item_path> is not specified, the checkin will involve all the
      pending changes in the workspace.
    - The checkin operation always applies recursively from the given path.
    - To checkin an item:
    - The item must be under source code control.
    - The item must be checked out.
    - If the item is changed but not checked out, the '--^applychanged' flag
      is not necessary unless <item_path> is a directory or it contains
      wildcards ('*').

    Revision content should be different from previous revision in order to be
    checked in.

    Set PLASTICEDITOR environment variable to specify an editor to type the
    comment.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^partial ^checkin' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a
    single dash "-".
    Example: cm ^partial ^checkin -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify which files to checkin.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^partial ^checkin --^all -
      (In Windows, checkins all .c files in the workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^checkin figure.png landscape.png
    (Applies the checkin to 'figure.png' and 'landscape.png' checked-out files.)

    cm ^partial ^checkin . -^commentsfile=mycomment.txt
    (Applies checkin to current directory and sets the comment from the 
    'mycomment.txt' file.)

    cm ^partial ^ci background.png -^c="my comment" --^keeplock
    (Applies the checkin to 'background.png', includes a comment, and keeps the
    lock.)

    cm ^partial ^checkin --^applychanged
    (Applies the checkin to all pending changes in the workspace.)
    
    cm ^partial ^checkin link --^symlink
    (Applies the checkin to the link file and not to the target, available on
    UNIX environments.)

    cm ^partial ^checkin . --^ignorefailed
    (Applies checkin to current directory, ignoring the changes that cannot be 
    applied.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_CHECKOUT ==
Marks files as ready to modify.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_CHECKOUT ==
Usage: 

    cm ^partial ^checkout | ^co [<item_path>[ ...]] [--^resultformat=<str_format>]
                             [--^silent] [--^ignorefailed]

Options:

    item_path           Items to checkout. Use double quotes (" ") to specify
                        paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate
                        paths.
                        Use . to apply checkout to current directory.
    --^resultformat      Retrieves the output result message in a specific 
                        format.
    --^silent            Does not show any output.
    --^ignorefailed      If an item cannot be locked (the exclusive checkout
                        cannot be performed), the checkout operation will
                        continue without it.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_CHECKOUT ==
Remarks: 

    To checkout an item:
    - The item must be under source code control.
    - The item must be checked in.
        
    If locks are configured on the server (lock.conf exists), then each time
    a checkout on a path happens, Plastic checks if it meets any of the rules
    and if so, the path will be in exclusive checkout (locked) so that none can
    simultaneously checkout.
    You can get all the locks in the server by using 'cm ^lock ^list'.
    Check the Administrator Guide to learn how locking works:
    https://www.plasticscm.com/download/help/locking

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^checkout pic1.png pic2.png
    (Checkouts 'pic1.png' and 'pic2.png' files.)
    
    cm ^partial ^co *.png
    (Checkouts all png files.)

    cm ^partial ^checkout . 
    (Checkouts current directory.)
    
    cm ^partial ^checkout -^R c:\workspace\src
    (Recursively checkouts 'src' folder.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_CONFIGURE ==
Allows you to configure your workspace by loading or unloading items from it.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_CONFIGURE ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial ^configure <+|-path>[ ...] [--^silent] [--^ignorefailed]
                         [--^ignorecase] [--^restorefulldirs]

    path           Paths to be loaded or unloaded. Use double quotes (" ") to
                   specify paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate
                   paths.
                   Paths have to start with "/".

Options:

    --^silent            Does not show any output.
    --^ignorefailed      Skips all errors during the process. Incorrect paths
                        will not cause the command to stop.
    --^ignorecase        Ignores casing on the paths. With this flag, '^configure'
                        will work for "/Data/Textures" even if the user writes
                        "/data/teXtures".
    --^restorefulldirs   Resets an invalid directory configuration (happens when
                        a non-partial operation is run on a partial workspace).
                        The directories in this list will be fully configured
                        (full check) which means they will automatically
                        download new content during the update.
                        This operation does not download any files, just
                        restores the directory configuration on partial
                        workspaces.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_CONFIGURE ==
Remarks:

    The command assumes recursive operation.

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^configure +/landscape_grey.png
    (Loads 'landscape_grey.png' item.)

    cm ^partial ^configure -/landscape_black.png
    (Unloads 'landscape_black.png' item.)

    cm ^partial ^configure +/soft -/soft/soft-black.png
    (Loads all 'soft' directory children items except 'soft-black.png'.)

    cm ^partial ^configure -/
    (Unloads the whole workspace.)

    cm ^partial ^configure -/ +/
    (Loads the whole workspace.)

    cm ^partial ^configure -/figure-64.png --^ignorefailed
    (Unloads 'figure-64.png' item even if it was already unloaded.)
    
    cm ^partial ^configure +/ --^restorefulldirs
    (Sets all directories to automatically download the new content.)
    
    cm ^partial ^configure +/src/lib --^restorefulldirs
    (Sets only '/src/lib' and its subdirectories to automatically download the
    new content.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_MOVE ==
Moves or renames a file or directory.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_MOVE ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial ^move | ^mv <src_path> <dst_path> [--^format=<str_format>]

    src_path            Source item path.
    dst_path            Destination item path.

Options:

    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_MOVE ==
Remarks:

    This command moves or renames an item in the repository. 
    Changes are done in the local filesystem too.
    
    If the source path is a file, the destination path can be a file or a 
    directory. In the first case, the file will be renamed; otherwise, the item 
    will be moved.
    If source path is a directory, the destination path must be a directory.

    The item to move or rename must exist.

    Format:
        {0}             Source path.
        {1}             Destination path.

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^move file.png file-blue.png
    (Renames the item.)

    cm ^partial ^mv .\file-blue.png .\blueFiles
    (Moves 'file-blue.png' to 'blueFiles'.)

    cm ^partial ^move .\design .\marketing
    (Renames a directory.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_RM ==
Deletes a file or directory from version control.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_RM ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial ^remove | ^rm <item_path>[ ...] [--^nodisk]

    item_path       Items path to remove. Use double quotes (" ") to
                    specify paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate
                    paths.

Options:

    --^nodisk        Removes from version control, but keeps the item on disk.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_RM ==
Remarks:

    Items are deleted from disk. Removed items are removed from the parent
    directory in the source code control.

    Requirements:
    - The item must be under source code control.

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^remove src
    (Removes 'src'. If 'src' is a directory, this is the same that: 
    cm ^partial ^remove -^R src.)

    cm ^partial ^remove c:\workspace\pic01.png --^nodisk
    (Removes 'pic01.png' from version control, but keeps it on disk.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_SWITCH ==
Sets a branch as the working branch.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_SWITCH ==
Usage:

    cm ^switch <branch_spec> [--^report | --^silent] [--^workspace=<path>]
    (Sets the working branch and updates the workspace.)

    cm ^switch <branch_spec> --^configure <+|-path>[ ...] [--^silent]
                            [--^ignorefailed] [--^ignorecase] [--^workspace=<path>]
    (Sets the working branch and runs a workspace configuration like the 'cm
    ^partial ^configure' command does.)

    branch_spec         Branch specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn
                        more about branch specs.)
    path                Paths to be loaded or unloaded. Use double quotes (" ")
                        to specify paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to
                        separate paths. Paths must start with "/".

Options:

    --^silent            Does not show any output.
    --^report            Prints a list of the applied changes when the command
                        is finished. Using '--^silent' will override this setting.
                        This option only works when the '--^configure' option
                        is not specified.
    --^configure         Configures (loads / unloads items) the workspace
                        after updating the working branch. Check 'cm ^partial
                        ^configure --^help' to learn how to specify the paths
                        to configure.
    --^ignorefailed      Skips all errors during the configuration process.
                        Incorrect paths will not cause the command to stop.
    --^ignorecase        Ignores casing on the paths. With this flag, option
                        '--^configure' works for "/Data/Textures" even if the user
                        writes "/data/teXtures".
    --^workspace=path    Path where the workspace is located.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_SWITCH ==
Remarks:

    This command allows users to update the working branch. After updating the
    branch, the command updates the workspace to the new branch as the
    'cm ^partial ^update' command would do. However, if the '--^configure' option is
    specified, the command allows to configure the workspace using the new
    branch configuration as the 'cm ^partial ^configure' command would do.

Examples:

    cm ^switch ^br:/main/task
    (Sets /main/task as working branch and updates the workspace.)

    cm ^switch ^br:/main/task --^configure +/art/images
    (Sets /main/task as working branch and configures the workspace to
    load the /art/images folder.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_UNCO ==
Undoes the checkout on an item.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_UNCO ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial ^undocheckout | ^unco <item_path>[ ...] [--^silent]

    item_path           Items to apply the operation. Use double quotes (" ")
                        to specify paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to
                        separate paths.
                        Use . to apply the operation to current directory.

Options:

    --^silent            Does not show any output.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_UNCO ==
Remarks:

    If an item is checked-out and you do not want to checkin it, you can undo
    the checkout using this command. Both files and folders can be unchecked 
    out. The item will be updated to the state it had before checking it out.

    Requirements: 
      - The item must be under source code control.
      - The item must be checked out.

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^undocheckout . 
    (Undoes checkouts in the current directory.)

    cm ^partial ^undocheckout pic1.png pic2.png
    cm ^unco c:\workspace\design01.png
    (Undoes checkouts of the selected files.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_UNDO ==
Undoes changes in a workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_UNDO ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial ^undo [<path>[ ...]] [--^symlink] [-^r | --^recursive] 
                    [<filter>[ ...]]
                    [--^silent | --^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>]
                                [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]

    path                    Path of the files or directories to apply the
                            operation to. Use double quotes (" ") to specify
                            paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to
                            separate paths.
                            If no path is specified, by default the undo
                            operation will take all of the files in the current
                            directory.
    filter                  Applies the specified filter or filters to the given
                            paths. Use a whitespace to separate filters. See the
                            Filters section for more information.

Options:

    --^symlink               Applies the undo operation to the symlink and not
                            to the target.
    -^r                      Executes the undo recursively.
    --^silent                Does not show any output.
    --^machinereadable       Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator    Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                            how the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                            how the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator        Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                            how the fields should be separated.

Filters:

    If no flag is specified, by default, all changes are undone, but the
    paths can be filtered using one or more of the flags below.
    If a file or directory matches one or more of the specified kinds of change,
    all of the changes on said file or directory will be undone.
    For example, if you specify both '--^checkedout' and '--^moved', if a file is
    both checkedout and moved, both changes will be undone.

    --^checkedout            Select checked-out files and directories.
    --^unchanged             Select files whose content is unchanged.
    --^changed               Select locally changed or checked-out files and
                            directories.
    --^deleted               Select deleted files and directories.
    --^moved                 Select moved files and directories.
    --^added                 Select added files and directories.

== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_UNDO ==
Remarks:

    The ^undo command is dangerous - it undoes work in an irreversible way.
    Once the ^undo has finished, it is not possible to recover the previous state
    of the files and directories affected by it. If no path is specified
    in the arguments, by default it will undo every change in the current
    directory, but not recursively.
    These are equivalent when executed from the /src directory:

        /src
        |- file.txt
        |- code.cs
        \- /test
           |- test_a.py
           \- test_b.py

        cm ^partial ^undo
        cm ^partial ^undo *
        cm ^partial ^undo file.txt code.cs /test

        cm ^partial ^undo .
        cm ^partial ^undo /src file.txt code.cs

    If you want the operation to be recursive, you must specify the '-^r' flag.

    To undo all of the changes below a directory (including changes affecting
    the directory itself):

        cm ^partial ^undo dirpath -^r

    If dirpath is a workspace path, every change in the workspace will be
    undone.

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^undo . -^r
    (Undoes all changes in the current directory recursively. If executed
    from the workspace's root, undoes all changes in the entire workspace.)

    cm ^partial ^co file.txt
    cm ^partial ^undo file.txt
    (Undoes the checkout on file.txt.)

    ^echo ^content >> file.txt
    cm ^partial ^undo file.txt
    (Undoes the local change to file.txt.)

    cm ^partial ^undo src
    (Undoes changes to the src directory and its files.)

    cm ^partial ^undo src/*
    (Undo changes in every file and directory contained in src, without
    affecting src.)

    cm ^partial ^undo *.cs
    (Undo changes to every file or directory that matches *.cs in the current
    directory.)

    cm ^partial ^undo *.cs -^r
    (Undoes changes on every file or directory that matches *.cs in the current
    directory and every directory below it.)

    cm ^partial ^co file1.txt file2.txt
    ^echo ^content >> file1.txt
    cm ^partial ^undo --^unchanged
    (Undoes the checkout of unchanged file2.txt, ignoring locally changed
    file1.txt.)

    ^echo ^content >> file1.txt
    ^echo ^content >> file2.txt
    cm ^partial ^co file1.txt
    cm ^partial ^undo --^checkedout
    (Undoes the changes in checked-out file file1.txt, ignoring file2.txt as it is
    not checked-out.)

    cm ^partial ^add file.txt
    cm ^partial ^undo file.txt
    (Undoes the add of file.txt, making it once again a private file.)

    ^rm file1.txt
    ^echo ^content >> file2.txt
    cm ^partial ^add file3.txt
    cm ^partial ^undo --^deleted --^added *
    (Undoes the file1.txt delete and file3.txt add, ignoring the file2.txt
    change.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PARTIAL_UPDATE ==
Updates the partial workspace and downloads latest changes.

== CMD_USAGE_PARTIAL_UPDATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^partial ^update [<item_path>[ ...]] [--^changeset=<number>]
                      [--^silent | --^report] [--^dontmerge]

    item_path           Items to be updated. Use double quotes (" ") to specify
                        paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate
                        paths.
                        Use . to apply update to current directory.
                        If no path is specified, then the current partial
                        workspace is fully updated.

Options:

    --^changeset         Updates the partial workspace to a specific changeset.
    --^silent            Does not show any output.
    --^report            Prints a list of the applied changes when the command
                        is finished. Using '--^silent' will override this setting.
    --^dontmerge         Does not merge the file conflicts, it just skips them.
                        The other changes are properly applied. This option can
                        be useful for automation to avoid user interaction.


== CMD_HELP_PARTIAL_UPDATE ==
Remarks:

    The '^partial ^update' command updates the out-of-date files.

    The command assumes recursive operation.

    If all the specified paths are files inside the same Xlink when using the
    '--^changeset' option, then the versions to download are searched in the
    specified changeset of the Xlinked repository.

Examples:

    cm ^partial ^update
    (Updates all in the current partial workspace.)

    cm ^partial ^update .
    (Updates all current directory children items.)

    cm ^partial ^update backgroud-blue.png
    (Updates 'backgroud-blue.png' item.)

    cm ^partial ^update soft_black.png soft-grey.png
    (Updates 'soft_black.png' and 'soft-grey.png' items.)

    cm ^partial ^update src --^report
    (Updates all 'src' directory children items, printing the applied changes
    list at the end.)

    cm ^partial ^update src --^changeset=4
    (Updates all 'src' directory children items to the content they loaded
    in the changeset 4.)

    cm ^partial ^update xlink/first.png --^changeset=4
    (Updates 'xlink/first.png' item to the content it loaded in the changeset 4
    of the Xlinked repository.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PATCH ==
Generates a patch file from a spec or applies a generated patch to the current
workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_PATCH ==
Usage:

    cm ^patch <source_spec> [<source_spec>] [--^output=<output_file>]
             [--^tool=<path_to_diff>]
    Generates a patch file that contains the differences of a branch,
    a changeset, or the differences between changesets. It also tracks
    differences of text and binary files.

    cm ^patch --^apply <patch_file> [--^tool=<path_to_patch>]
    Allows to apply the contents of a generated patch file in the current
    workspace.

    source_spec     Full spec of a changeset or a branch. (Use 
                    'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)
    output_file     File to save the patch content. It no file is specified,
                    the patch content will be printed on standard output.
    patch_file      Patch file to apply in the current workspace.

Options:

    --^output        Sets the output file of the patch command.
    --^tool          Sets the application to use (diff or patch).

== CMD_HELP_PATCH ==
Limitations:

    If the output patch file already exists, the command will not overwrite it.

    When applying a patch, the command will not apply changes to modified files
    if they are not present on disk.

Important: 

    This command requires Diff and Patch tools, publicly available at
    http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/patch.htm and
    http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/diffutils.htm

    Once installed, it's recommended to add their location to the PATH
    environment variable.

Examples:

    cm ^patch ^cs:4@default@localhost:8084
    (Prints on console the differences of cset 4 in unified format.)

    cm ^patch ^br:/main --^output=file.patch
    (Generates a patch file with the differences of branch "main".)

    cm ^patch ^br:/main --^output=file.patch --^tool=C:\gnu\diff.exe
    (Same as above, using a custom exe.)

    cm ^patch ^cs:2@default ^cs:4@default
    (Prints on console the differences between csets 2 and 4 in unified format.)

    cm ^patch --^apply file.patch --^tool=C:\gnu\patch.exe
    (Applies the patch in 'file.patch' to the local workspace with a custom exe.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_QUERY ==
Executes SQL queries. Requires SQL storage.

== CMD_USAGE_QUERY ==
Usage:

    cm ^query <sql_command> [--^outputfile=<output_file>]
                           [--^solveuser=<column_name>[,...]]
                           [--^solvepath=<column_name>[,...]]
                           [--^columnwidth=<value>] [--^nocolumnname]
                           [--^columnseparator=<sep>] [--^repository=<name>]

    sql_command         The sql query to be executed.

Options:

    --^outputfile        Writes the result in an output file.
    --^solveuser         Sets the specified columns as username columns. The
                        query interpreter will assume that data of these columns
                        will be users, and will try to solve them.
    --^solvepath         Sets the specified columns as itemid column. The query
                        interpreter will try to solve item id to filesystem
                        paths.
    --^columnwidth       Specifies the width of each column to format the output.
    --^nocolumnname      Does not print column name.
    --^columnseparator   Uses char as column separator instead of a tab (\t).
    --^repository        Repository to query.

== CMD_HELP_QUERY ==
Remarks:

    This command allows users to execute SQL queries in the server database.

    In order to write SQL queries, use these two pre-defined functions to manage
    users and paths:
    - '^SolveUser(<username>)' that resolves a username into Plastic SCM format.
    - '^SolvePath(<path>)' that resolves a disk path into an item id.

    Also, you can use options to show query results in a human readable form.

    You can use the options '--^solveuser=<column_name>' and 
    '--^solvepath=<column_name>' to specify columns that query interpreter
    must convert to a legible text. You can specify more than one column name,
    comma separated.

Examples:

    cm ^query "^SELECT * ^FROM ^revision" --^columnwidth=25 --^repository=reptest
    (Retrieves data from 'revision' table from repository 'reptest'.)

    cm ^query "^SELECT b.^sname ^as br_name, o.^dtimestamp ^as date ^from ^branch b, \
        ^object o, ^seid s ^where b.^iobjid=o.^iobjid ^and o.^fidowner=s.^iseidid ^and \
        s.^scode='^SolveUser(john)'" --^outputfile=query.txt
    (Outputs into a file the branches with owner 'john'.)

    cm ^query "^select r.^iobjid, r.^fiditem ^as path, s.^scode ^as username ^FROM \
        ^revision r, ^object o, ^seid s ^WHERE r.^iobjid=o.^iobjid ^and \
        o.^fidowner=s.^iseidid ^and o.^dtimestamp>04/25/2014" \
    --^solveuser=username --^solvepath=path --^repository=reptest@server2:9095
    (Retrieves selected data from selected repository.)

    cm ^query "^SELECT * ^FROM ^revision ^WHERE ^fiditem=^SolvePath(c:\mywkpath\info)"
    (Retrieves all revision data of path 'info'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ATTRIBUTE_DELETE ==
Deletes one or more attributes.

== CMD_USAGE_ATTRIBUTE_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^attribute | ^att ^delete | ^rm <att_spec>[ ...]

    att_spec            Attributes to delete. Use a whitespace to separate
                        attributes.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about attribute
                        specs.)

== CMD_HELP_ATTRIBUTE_DELETE ==
Remarks:

    This command removes one or more attributes.

Examples:

    cm ^attribute ^delete ^att:status
    (Deletes the attribute 'status'.)

    cm ^att ^rm status ^att:integrated@reptest@server2:8084
    (Deletes the attributes 'status' and 'integrated'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ATTRIBUTE_UNSET ==
Unsets an object's attribute.

== CMD_USAGE_ATTRIBUTE_UNSET ==
Usage:

    cm ^attribute | ^att ^unset <att_spec> <object_spec>

    att_spec            Attribute specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about attribute specs.)
    object_spec         Specification of the object to remove the attribute
                        from. Attributes can be set on: branches, changesets,
                        shelvesets, labels, items, and revisions.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

== CMD_HELP_ATTRIBUTE_UNSET ==
Remarks:

    The command unsets an attribute that was previously set on an object. It 
    does not delete the attribute object itself.

Examples:

    cm ^attribute ^unset ^att:status ^br:/main/SCM105
    (Removes attribute realization 'status' from branch 'main/SCM105'.)

    cm ^att ^unset ^att:integrated@reptest@localhost:8084 ^cs:25@reptest@localhost:8084
    (Removes attribute realization 'integrated' from changeset 25, all in
    repository 'reptest'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ATTRIBUTE_RENAME ==
Renames an attribute.

== CMD_USAGE_ATTRIBUTE_RENAME ==
Usage:

    cm ^attribute | ^att ^rename <att_spec> <new_name>

    att_spec            Attribute to rename. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn
                        more about attribute specs.)
    new_name            New name for the attribute.

== CMD_HELP_ATTRIBUTE_RENAME ==
Remarks:

    This command renames an attribute.

Examples:

    cm ^attribute ^rename ^att:status state
    (Renames the attribute 'status' to 'state'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ATTRIBUTE_EDIT ==
Edits the comment of an attribute.

== CMD_USAGE_ATTRIBUTE_EDIT ==
Usage:

    cm ^attribute | ^att ^edit <att_spec> <new_comment>

    att_spec        Attribute to change its comment. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec'
                    to learn more about attribute specs.)
    new_comment     New comment for the attribute. You can also specify a
                    default list of values for the attribute.

== CMD_HELP_ATTRIBUTE_EDIT ==
Remarks:

    This command changes the comment of an attribute.

    To specify a default list of values for the attribute, you just need to 
    include a line like the following in the attribute comment:
    'default: value_one, "value two", value3, "Final value"'.

Examples:

    cm ^attribute ^edit ^att:status "The status of a branch in the CI pipeline."
    (Edits the comment of the attribute 'status'.)

    cm ^attribute ^edit ^att:status "Status of a branch. default: open, resolved, reviewed"
    (Edits the comment of the attribute 'status'. And also specifies a list of
    values. So when you set the attribute 'status' to an object, you can select
    one of the following values: "open", "resolved", or "reviewed".)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REPLICATE ==
WARNING: This command is deprecated.

Use 'cm ^pull' (equivalent to '^replicate') and 'cm ^push' (equivalent to 
'^replicate --^push').

== CMD_USAGE_REPLICATE ==

== CMD_HELP_REPLICATE ==

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PULL ==
Pulls a branch from another repo.

== CMD_USAGE_PULL ==
Usage:

    cm ^pull <src_br_spec> <dst_rep_spec>
            [--^preview] [--^nodata] [TranslateOptions]
            [--^user=<usr_name> [--^password=<pwd>] | AuthOptions]
     (Direct server-to-server replication. Pulls a branch from a repository.)

    cm ^pull <dst_rep_spec> --^package=<pack_file> [AuthOptions]
     (Package based replication. Imports the package in the destination repository.)

    cm ^pull ^hydrate <dst_br_spec> [<src_rep_spec>]
                    [--^user=<usr_name> [--^password=<pwd>] | AuthOptions]
     (Introduces the missing data for all the changesets of a branch previously
     replicated with '--^nodata'. If a repo to obtain the data is not specified,
     Plastic tries to use the "replication source" (origin of the replicated
     branch)).

    cm ^pull ^hydrate <dst_cs_spec> [<src_rep_spec>]
                    [--^user=<usr_name> [--^password=<pwd>] | AuthOptions]
     (Introduces the missing data for a changeset previously replicated with
     '--^nodata'. If a repo to obtain the data is not specified, Plastic tries to
     use the "replication source").

    src_br_spec     The branch to pull from a remote repository.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch specs.)
    dst_br_spec     The branch to hydrate.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch specs.)
    dst_cs_spec     The changeset to hydrate.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                    specs.)
    dst_rep_spec    The destination repository.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                    specs.)
    --^package       Specifies the previously created package file to import
                    for package based replication.
                    Useful to move data between servers when there is no
                    direct network connection.
                    Refer to 'cm ^push' to create a package file.

Options:

    --^preview           Gives information about what changes will be pulled but
                        no changes are actually performed. This option is useful
                        to check the data that will be transferred before
                        replicating changes.
    --^nodata            Replicates the branch changes without replicating the
                        data. This option is not allowed with package
                        replication.
    TranslateOptions    See the Translate options section for more information.
    --^user, --^password  Credentials to use if the authentication mode is
                        different in source and destination and there is not a
                        profile to authenticate to destination.
    AuthOptions         See the Authentication options section for more
                        information.

Translate options:

    --^trmode=(^copy|^name|^table --^trtable=<translation_table_file>)
      The source and destination repositories may use different authentication
      modes. The '--^trmode' option specifies how to translate the user names from
      the source to the destination. The '--^trmode' must be one of the following
      values:
          ^copy    (Default). Means that the user identifiers will be just copied.
          ^name    The user identifiers will be matched by name.
          ^table   Uses a translation table specified in the option '--^trtable'
                  (see below).

    --^trtable=<translation_table_file>
        If the translation mode is 'table', a translation table is a file
        containing lines in the form <oldname;newname> (one per line). When the
        branch is written to the destination repository, the objects created by
        a user identified by "oldname" in the source repository will be set
        to the user with "newname" on the destination.

Authentication options:

    Authentication data can be specified using one of the two following modes:

    1) Using authentication parameters: --^authmode=<mode> --^authdata=<data>

        --^authmode=(^NameWorkingMode|^LDAPWorkingMode|^ADWorkingMode|^UPWorkingMode)
        Examples:
        (^LDAPWorkingMode) --^authdata=::0:dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA
        (^UPWorkingMode)   --^authdata=dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA==

        The '--^authdata' line is the content of the <^SecurityConfig> entry
        in the client.conf file and the profiles.conf file. The profiles.conf
        file can be easily generated from the Plastic GUI in the replication
        profiles tab under Preferences.

        If you are using ^UPWorkingMode, you can simply specify:

        --^authmode=^UPWorkingMode --^user=<user> --^password=<psw>

    2) Authentication file where you may have a different file for each server
       you connect to, containing the credentials for that server.

        --^authfile=<authentication_file>
            The file contains 2 lines:
            Line 1) mode, as described in '--^authmode'
            Line 2) authentication data, as described in '--^authdata'

== CMD_HELP_PULL ==
Remarks:

    The '^pull' command is able to replicate branches (along with their
    changesets) between a source repository and a destination repository.
    The repositories can be located at different servers.

    There are two replication operations: '^push' and '^pull'.

    A '^pull' operation means that the replication operation will demand data
    from the source repository to be stored into the destination repository.
    The client will connect to the destination repository and, from that host,
    it will establish a connection to the source repository to retrieve the
    targeted data. During pull it is the destination server which will be
    connected to the source.

    Although in a typical distributed scenario a developer pushes data from his
    local server to the main server, the developer might want to pull the latest
    repository updates from the main server, too.

    Replication can resolve situations where concurrent changes have been made
    on the same branch on two replicated repositories:

    - Push: If you try to push your data to a repository having newer changes
      than those you are sending, the system will ask you to pull the latest
      changes, resolve the merge operation and, finally, try to push again.

    - Pull: Whenever you pull changesets from a remote branch, they will be
      correctly linked to their parent changesets. If the changeset you pulled
      is not a child of the last changeset in the branch, then a multi-headed
      scenario will appear. The branch will have more than one 'head', or last
      changeset on the branch. You will need to merge the two 'heads' before
      being able to push again.

    Pull can work in two modes:

    1) Direct communication between servers: The destination server will fetch
       the data from the source server, automatically synchronizing data for
       the specified branch.

    2) Import a previously generated package with push and the '--^package' option.

    Mode 1) requires the user running the command to be authenticated
    by the remote server, either using the default authentication in the
    client.conf file, or specifiying the '--^authmode' and '--^authdata' modifiers,
    or '--^authmode' and '--^user' and '--^password' if the authentication mode is
    ^UPWorkingMode.

    Mode 2) requires using a package file previously generated with the push
    command.

    Keep in mind that pull replication works in an indirect way. When executed,
    the command asks the destination repository to connect to the source and
    obtain the selected branch.

    However, this can be done directly by using the push command.
    This will make the command replicate the selected branch from source to
    destination.

Examples:

    cm ^pull ^br:/main@project1@remoteserver:8084 projectx@myserver:8084
    (Pulls the 'main' branch from 'remoteserver' to 'myserver'. In this case,
    both servers are configured with the same authentication mode.)

    cm ^pull ^br:/main@project1@remoteserver:8084 projectx@myserver:8084 \
      --^authmode=^LDAPWorkingMode --^authdata=::0:dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA
    (Pulls the same branch as before, but now the remote server is configured
    to authenticate users with Active Directory. For instance, I am connecting
    from a Linux machine to a Windows server configured to use Active Directory
    integrated mode. I will specify my Active Directory user and cyphered
    password and pass it as LDAP to the server.)

    cm ^pull ^br:/main@project1@remoteserver:8084 projectx@myserver:8084 \
      --^authmode=^UPWorkingMode --^user=dave --^password=mysecret
    (Pulls the same branch, but now users are authenticated on the remote
    server, taking advantage of the user/password database included in
    Plastic SCM.)

    cm ^pull ^br:/main@project1@remoteserver:8084 projectx@myserver:8084 --^nodata
    (Replicates the 'main' branch from 'remoteserver' to 'myserver' without data.)

    cm ^pull ^hydrate ^br:/main@projectx@myserver:8084 projectx@remoteserver:8084
    (Hydrates all the changesets in the 'main' branch obtaining the data from
    the remote server.)

    cm ^pull ^hydrate ^cs:122169@projectx@myserver:8084 projectx@remoteserver:8084
    (Hydrates changeset 122169 in 'myserver' obtaining the data from the remote 
    server.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_PUSH ==
Pushes a branch to another repo.

== CMD_USAGE_PUSH ==
Usage:

    cm ^push <src_br_spec> <dst_rep_spec>
            [--^preview] [TranslateOptions]
            [--^user=<usr_name> [--^password=<pwd>] | AuthOptions]
     (Direct server-to-server replication. Pushes a branch from a repository.)

    cm ^push <src_br_spec> --^package=<pack_file> [AuthOptions]
     (Package based replication. Creates a replication package in the source
     server with the selected branch.)

    src_br_spec     The branch to push to a remote repository.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch specs.)
    dst_rep_spec    The destination repository.
                    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                    specs.)
    --^package       Specifies path for exporting replication package for
                    package based replication. 
                    Useful to move data between servers when there is no 
                    direct network connection.

Options:

    --^preview           Gives information about what changes will be pushed,
                        but no changes are actually performed. This option is
                        useful to check the data that will be transferred before
                        replicating changes.
    TranslateOptions    See the Translate options section for more information.
    --^user, --^password  Credentials to use if the authentication mode is
                        different in source and destination and there is not a
                        profile to authenticate to destination.
    AuthOptions         See the Authentication options section for more
                        information.

Translate options:

    --^trmode=(^copy|^name|^table --^trtable=<translation_table_file>)
        The source and destination repositories may use different authentication
        modes. The '--^trmode' option specifies how to translate the user names
        from the source to the destination. The '--^trmode' must be one of the
        following values:
          ^copy    (Default). Means that the user identifiers will be just copied.
          ^name    The user identifiers will be matched by name.
          ^table   Uses a translation table specified in the option '--^trtable'
                  (see below).

    --^trtable=<translation_table_file>
        If the translation mode is 'table', a translation table is a file
        containing lines in the form <oldname;newname> (one per line). When the
        branch is written to the destination repository, the objects created by
        a user identified by "oldname" in the source repository will be set
        to the user with "newname" on the destination.

Authentication options:

    Authentication data can be specified using one of the two following modes:

    1) Using authentication parameters: --^authmode=<mode> --^authdata=<data>

        --^authmode=(^NameWorkingMode|^LDAPWorkingMode|^ADWorkingMode|^UPWorkingMode)
        Examples:
        (^LDAPWorkingMode) --^authdata=::0:dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA
        (^UPWorkingMode)   --^authdata=dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA==

        The '--^authdata' line is the content of the <^SecurityConfig> entry
        in the client.conf file and the profiles.conf file. The profiles.conf
        file can be easily generated from the Plastic GUI in the replication
        profiles tab under Preferences.

        If you are using ^UPWorkingMode, you can simply specify:

        --^authmode=^UPWorkingMode --^user=<user> --^password=<psw>

    2) Authentication file where you may have a different file for each server
       you connect to, containing the credentials for that server.

        --^authfile=<authentication_file>
            The file contains 2 lines:
            Line 1) mode, as described in '--^authmode'
            Line 2) authentication data, as described in '--^authdata'

== CMD_HELP_PUSH ==
Remarks:

    The '^push' command is able to replicate branches (along with their
    changesets) between a source repository and a destination repository.
    The repositories can be located at different servers.

    There are two replication operations: '^push' and '^pull'.

    A '^push' operation means that the replication operation will send data
    from the source repository to the destination repository. In this case,
    the client will connect to the source repository, getting the data to
    replicate, and then it will send it to the destination repository. While
    the former (source) must have connectivity to the destination, the latter
    (destination) will not connect itself to the source.

    In a typical distributed scenario, a developer pushes data from his local
    server to the main server. Also, the developer might want to pull the latest
    repository updates from the main server, too.

    Replication can resolve situations where concurrent changes have
    been made on the same branch on two replicated repositories.

    - Push: If you try to push your data to a repository having newer changes
      than those you are sending, the system will ask you to pull the latest
      changes, resolve the merge operation and, finally, try to push again.

    - Pull: Whenever you pull changesets from a remote branch, they will be
      correctly linked to their parent changesets. If the changeset you pulled
      is not a child of the last changeset in the branch, then a multi-headed
      scenario will appear. The branch will have more than one 'head', or last
      changeset on the branch. You will need to merge the two 'heads' before
      being able to push again.

    Push can work in two modes:

    1) Direct communication between servers: The origin server will send
       the data to the destination server, automatically synchronizing data
       for the specified branch.

    2) Export package mode: The client will only connect to the source and
       generate a replication package obtaining both data and metadata for the
       specified branch. The '--^package' modifier will be used.

    Both modes require the user running the command to be authenticated
    by the server, either using the default authentication in the client.conf
    file, or specifiying the '--^authmode' and '--^authdata' modifiers.

    The ^push replication works in a direct way. When executed, the command
    will replicate the selected branch from source to destination, instead of
    asking the destination repository to connect to the source and obtain the
    selected branch (as the pull does).

Examples:

    cm ^push ^br:/main@project1@myserver:8084 projectx@remoteserver:8084
    (Replicates the 'main' branch from 'myserver' to 'remoteserver'. In this case,
    both servers are configured with the same authentication mode.)

    cm ^push ^br:/main@project1@myserver:8084 projectx@remoteserver:8084 \
      --^authmode=^LDAPWorkingMode --^authdata=::0:dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA
    (Replicates same branch as before, but now the remote server is configured
    to authenticate users with Active Directory. For instance, I am connecting
    from a Linux machine to a Windows server configured to use Active Directory
    integrated mode. I will specify my Active Directory user and cyphered
    password and pass it as LDAP to the server.)

    cm ^push ^br:/main@project1@myserver:8084 projectx@remoteserver:8084 \
      --^authmode=^UPWorkingMode --^user=dave --^password=mysecret
    (Replicates the same branch, but now users are authenticated on the remote
    server, taking advantage of the user/password database included in
    Plastic SCM.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_CLONE ==
Clones a remote repository.

== CMD_USAGE_CLONE ==
Usage:

    cm ^clone <src_rep_spec> [<dst_rep_spec> | <dst_repserver_spec>]
             [--^user=<usr_name> [--^password=<pwd>] | AuthOptions]
                [TranslateOptions]
    (Direct repository-to-repository clone.)

    cm ^clone <src_rep_spec> --^package=<pack_file>
             [--^user=<usr_name> [--^password=<pwd>] | AuthOptions]
    (Clones to an intermediate package, that can be imported later using a
    pull into the destination repository.)

    src_rep_spec        Source repository of the clone operation.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        specs.)
    dst_rep_spec        Destination repository of the clone operation. If it
                        exists, it must be empty. If it does not exist, it will
                        be created.
                        If it is not specified, the command will use user's
                        default repository server.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        specs.)
    dst_repserver_spec  Destination repository server of the clone operation.
                        If there is a repository with the same name as
                        <src_rep_spec> in the destination repository server, it
                        must be empty. If there is not, it will be created.
                        If it is not specified, the command will use user's
                        default repository server.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about repository
                        server specs.)

Options:

    --^user, --^password  Credentials to use if the authentication mode is
                        different in source and destination and there is not a
                        profile to authenticate to destination.
    --^package           Exports the specified repository to a package file,
                        instead of a repository.
                        Useful for moving data between servers when there is no
                        direct network connection.
                        The resulting package must be imported using the
                        pull command.
    TranslateOptions    See the Translate options section for more information.
    AuthOptions         See the Authentication options section for more
                        information.

Translate options:
    --^trmode=(^copy|^name|^table --^trtable=<translation_table_file>)
      The source and destination repositories may use different authentication
      modes. The '--^trmode' option specifies how to translate the user names from
      the source to the destination. The '--^trmode' must be one of the following
      values:
          ^copy    (Default). Means that the user identifiers will be just copied.
          ^name    The user identifiers will be matched by name.
          ^table   Uses a translation table specified in the option '--^trtable'
                  (see below).

    --^trtable=<translation_table_file>
        If the translation mode is 'table', a translation table is a file
        containing lines in the form <oldname;newname> (one per line). When the
        branch is written to the destination repository, the objects created by
        a user identified by "oldname" in the source repository will be set
        to the user with "newname" on the destination.

Authentication options:

    Authentication data can be specified using one of the two following modes:

    1) Using authentication parameters: --^authmode=<mode> --^authdata=<data>

        --^authmode=(^NameWorkingMode|^LDAPWorkingMode|^ADWorkingMode|^UPWorkingMode)
        Examples:
        (^LDAPWorkingMode) --^authdata=::0:dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA
        (^UPWorkingMode)   --^authdata=dave:fPBea2rPsQaagEW3pKNveA==

        The '--^authdata' line is the content of the <^SecurityConfig> entry
        in the client.conf file and the profiles.conf file. The profiles.conf
        file can be easily generated from the Plastic GUI in the replication
        profiles tab under Preferences.

        If you are using ^UPWorkingMode, you can simply specify:

        --^authmode=^UPWorkingMode --^user=<user> --^password=<psw>

    2) Authentication file where you may have a different file for each server
       you connect to, containing the credentials for that server.

        --^authfile=<authentication_file>
            The file contains 2 lines:
            Line 1) mode, as described in '--^authmode'
            Line 2) authentication data, as described in '--^authdata'

== CMD_HELP_CLONE ==
Remarks:

    The clone command is able to replicate branches (along with their changesets,
    labels, attributes, reviews, and so on) from a source repository to a
    destination repository. The repositories can be located at different servers.

    The destination repository can be created beforehand, but if it contains
    previous data, the clone operation will fail.

    The clone operation does NOT clone repository submodules, nor repositories
    under a Xlink.

Examples:

    cm ^clone awesomeProject@tardis@cloud
    (Clones 'awesomeProject' repository from 'tardis@cloud' organization into
    a local repository with the same name.)

    cm ^clone repo@server.home:9095 repo-local
    (Clones 'repo' from 'server.home:9095' into 'repo-local' at user's default
    repository server.)

    cm ^clone project@192.168.111.130:8084 ^repserver:192.168.111.200:9095
    (Clones 'project' repository from '192.168.111.130:8084' into
    'project@192.168.111.200:9095'.)

    cm ^clone project@ldapserver:8084 --authfile=credentials.txt \
      --^trmode=table --^trtable=table.txt
    (Clones 'project' repository from 'ldapserver:8084' using an authentication
    file against the remote repository, and translating users following the
    specified translation table.)

    cm ^clone project@server.home:9095 --^package=project.plasticpkg
    cm ^repository ^create project@mordor.home:8084
    cm ^pull --^package=project.plasticpkg project@mordor.home:8084
    (Clones 'project' repository from 'server.home:9095' into the package
    'project.plasticpkg', which is later imported through a pull into
    the 'project' repository at 'mordor.home:8084'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REVERT ==
Reverts an item to a previous revision.

== CMD_USAGE_REVERT ==
Usage:

    cm ^revert <revspec>

    revspec             Specification of the changeset that contains the
                        revision which content will be loaded in the workspace.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about revision
                        specs.)

== CMD_HELP_REVERT ==
Remarks:

    The item must be checked in.

Examples:

    cm ^revert dir#^cs:0
    cm ^revert C:\mywks\dir\file1.txt#23456

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REVISION_HISTORY ==
Displays the history of a file or directory.

== CMD_USAGE_REVISION_HISTORY ==
Usage:

    cm ^history | ^hist <item_path>[ ...] [--^long | --^format=<str_format>]
                      [--^symlink] [--^xml[=<output_file>]] [--^encoding=<name>]

    item_path           Items path. Use a whitespace to separate paths. Use
                        double quotes (" ") to specify paths containing spaces.
                        Paths can be server path revisions too.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

Options:

    --^long              Shows additional information.
    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.
    --^symlink           Applies the history operation to the symlink and not to
                        the target.
    --^xml               Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
                        It is possible to specify an output file.
    --^encoding          Used with the '--^xml' option, specifies the encoding to
                        use in the XML output, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).

== CMD_HELP_REVISION_HISTORY ==
Remarks:

    This command shows a list of revisions for a given item, and label, branch,
    and comment info for each revision.

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:
        {0} | {^date}              Date.
        {1} | {^changesetid}       Changeset number.
        {2} | {^branch}            Branch.
        {4} | {^comment}           Comment.
        {5} | {^owner}             Owner.
        {6} | {^id}                Revision id.
        {7} | {^repository}        Repository.
        {8} | {^server}            Server.
        {9} | {^repspec}           Repository spec.
        {^tab}                     Inserts a tab space.
        {^newline}                 Inserts a new line.

Examples:

    cm ^history file1.txt "file 2.txt"

    cm ^hist c:\workspace --^long
    (Displays all information.)

    cm ^history link --^symlink
    (Applies the history operation to the 'link' file and not to the target,
    available on UNIX environments.)

    cm ^history ^serverpath:/src/foo/bar.c#^br:/main/task001@myserver
    (Retrieves the revision history from a server path in a given branch.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_REVISION_TREE ==
Shows the revision tree for an item.

== CMD_USAGE_REVISION_TREE ==
Usage:

    cm ^tree <path> [--^symlink]

    path        Item path.

Options:

    --^symlink   Applies the operation to the link file and not to the target.

== CMD_HELP_REVISION_TREE ==
Examples:

    cm ^tree fichero1.txt
    cm ^tree c:\workspace
    cm ^tree link --^symlink
    (Applies the operation to the link file and not to the target; available on
    UNIX environments.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_RM ==
Allows the user to delete files and directories.

== CMD_USAGE_RM ==
Usage:

    cm ^remove | ^rm <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^controlled (optional)
    ^private

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^remove <command> --^usage
    cm ^remove <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_RM ==
Examples:

    cm ^remove \path\controlled_file.txt
    cm ^remove ^private \path\private_file.txt

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_RM_CONTROLLED ==
Deletes a file or directory from version control.

== CMD_USAGE_RM_CONTROLLED ==
Usage:

    cm ^remove | ^rm <item_path>[ ...] [--^format=<str_format>]
                   [--^errorformat=<str_format>] [--^nodisk]

    item_path           Items path to remove. Use double quotes (" ") to specify
                        paths containing spaces. Use a whitespace to separate
                        paths.

Options:

    --^format            Retrieves the output progress message in a specific
                        format. See the Examples for more information.
    --^errorformat       Retrieves the error message (if any) in a specific
                        format. See the Examples for more information.
    --^nodisk            Removes from version control, but keeps the item on
                        disk.

== CMD_HELP_RM_CONTROLLED ==
Remarks:

    Items are deleted from disk. Removed items are removed from the parent
    directory in the source code control.

    Requirements:
    - The item must be under source code control.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^remove' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a single
    dash "-".
    Example: cm ^remove -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify which files to remove.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^remove -
      (In Windows, removes all .c files in the workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^remove src
    (Removes 'src'. If src is a directory, this is the same as
    'cm ^remove -^R src'.)

    cm ^remove c:\workspace\file.txt --^format="{0} - REMOVED" \ 
        --^errorformat="{0} - ERROR REMOVING"
    (Removes 'file.txt' from version control and from disk, writing
    "c:\workspace\file.txt - ^REMOVED" if the operation succeeded, or
    "c:\workspace\file.txt - ^ERROR ^REMOVING" otherwise.)

    cm ^remove c:\workspace\file.txt --^nodisk
    (Removes 'file.txt' from version control, but keeps it on disk.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_RM_PRIVATE ==
Deletes a private file or directory.

Warning: files deleted using the command are permanently erased, and are not
recoverable. It is recommended that you use the '--^dry-run' option to check
which files will be affected by the command.

== CMD_USAGE_RM_PRIVATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^remove | ^rm ^private <path>[ ...] [-^R | -^r | --^recursive] [--^ignored]
                           [--^verbose] [--^dry-run]

    path                Path of the files or directories to remove. Use double
                        quotes (" ") to specify paths containing spaces. Use a
                        whitespace to separate paths.

Options:

    --^r                 Recursively deletes private files from within controlled
                        directories.
    --^ignored           Deletes also ignored and cloaked files and directories.
    --^verbose           Prints all affected paths.
    --^dry-run           Runs the command without making any changes on disk.

== CMD_HELP_RM_PRIVATE ==
Remarks:

    If the path is a private file or directory, it will be deleted from disk.
    If the path is a controlled file, the command fails.
    If the path is a controlled directory, the command fails unless you
    specify the '-^r' option, in which case it will delete all private files and
    directories below the specified directory.

Examples:

    cm ^remove ^private private_directory
    (Deletes 'private_directory'.)

    cm ^remove ^private c:\workspace\controlled_directory
    (Fails, because 'controlled_directory' is not private.)

    cm ^remove ^private -^r c:\workspace\controlled_directory
    (Deletes all private files and directories below 'controlled_directory'.)

    cm ^rm ^private --^dry-run --^verbose c:\workspace\controlled_directory -^r
    (Shows all of the paths affected by the deletion of private files below
    'controlled_directory' without actually deleting anything.)

    cm ^rm ^private --^verbose c:\workspace\controlled_directory -^r
    (Shows all of the paths affected by the deletion of private files below
    'controlled_directory', performing the delete.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_TRIGGER_DELETE ==
Deletes a trigger.

== CMD_USAGE_TRIGGER_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^trigger | ^tr ^delete | ^rm <subtype-type> <position_number>
                                [--^server=<repserverspec>]

    subtype-type        Trigger execution and trigger operation.
                        Type 'cm ^showtriggertypes' to see a list of trigger
                        types.
    position_number     Position assigned to the trigger when it was created.

Options:

    --^server            Deletes the trigger on the specified server.
                        If no server is specified, executes the command on the
                        one configured on the client.

== CMD_HELP_TRIGGER_DELETE ==
Examples:

    cm ^trigger ^delete ^after-setselector 4
    cm ^tr ^rm ^after-setselector 4

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_ATTRIBUTE_SET ==
Sets an attribute on a given object.

== CMD_USAGE_ATTRIBUTE_SET ==
Usage:

    cm ^attribute | ^att ^set <att_spec> <object_spec> <att_value>

    att_spec           Attribute specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                       learn more about attribute specs.)
    object_spec        Specification of the object to set the attribute on.
                       Attributes can be set on: branches, changesets,
                       shelvesets, labels, items, and revisions.
                       (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)
    att_value          The attribute value to set to the object.

== CMD_HELP_ATTRIBUTE_SET ==
Remarks:

    An attribute can be set on an object to save additional information for
    this object.
    Attributes can be set on the following objects: branches, changesets,
    shelvesets, labels, items, and revisions.

Examples:

    cm ^attribute ^set ^att:status ^br:/main/SCM105 open
    (Sets attribute 'status' to branch 'SCM105' with value 'open'.)

    cm ^att ^set ^att:integrated@reptest@server2:8084 ^lb:LB008@reptest@server2:8084 yes
    (Sets attribute 'integrated' to label 'LB008' in repository 'reptest' with
    value 'yes'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SETOWNER ==
Sets the owner of an object.

== CMD_USAGE_SETOWNER ==
Usage:

    cm ^setowner | ^sto --^user=<usr_name> | --^group=<group> <object_spec>

    --^user              User name. New owner of the object.
    --^group             Group name. New owner of the object.
    object_spec         Specification of the object to set the new owner on.
                        The owner can be set on the following objects:
                        repository server, repository, branch, changeset,
                        label, item, revision and attribute.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

== CMD_HELP_SETOWNER ==
Remarks:

    The owner of an object can be a user or a group.

    The owner can be set on the following objects: repository server,
    repository, branch, changeset, label, item, revision, and attribute.

Examples:

    cm ^setowner --^user=john ^repserver:localhost:8084
    (Sets 'john' as repository server owner.)

    cm ^sto --^group=development ^rep:mainRep@PlasticServer:8084
    (Sets 'development' group as owner of 'mainRep' repository.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SETSELECTOR ==
Sets the selector to a workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_SETSELECTOR ==
This command is deprecated. It is still present for backwards compatibility
but selectors were largely deprecated in Plastic SCM 4.0. Selectors still
exist to specify the working branch or changeset, but the old rules to
filter paths are no longer supported.

Usage:
    cm ^setselector | ^sts [--^file=<selector_file>] [--^ignorechanges]
                         [--^forcedetailedprogress] [<wk_path> | <wk_spec>]

Options:

    --^file                   File to load a selector from.
    --^ignorechanges          Ignores the pending changes warning message that is
                             shown if there are pending changes detected when
                             updating the workspace.
    --^forcedetailedprogress  Forces detailed progress even when standard output
                             is redirected. 
    wk_path                  Path of the workspace to set the selector.
    wk_spec                  Workspace specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec'
                             to learn more about workspace specs.)

== CMD_HELP_SETSELECTOR ==
Remarks:

    This command sets the selector of a workspace.

    A workspace needs information to load revisions from the repository.
    To get this information, Plastic SCM uses a selector.

    Using a selector, it is possible to load revisions from a given branch,
    label, or changeset.

    If a file to load the selector is not specified, the default Operating
    System editor will be executed.

    Sample selector:

    ^repository "^default" // working repository
      ^path "/"           // rules will be applied to the root directory
        ^branch "/^main"   // obtain latest revisions from ^br:/^main
        ^checkout "/^main" // place checkouts on branch ^br:/^main

Examples:

    cm ^sts
    (Opens the current selector file to be applied.)

    cm ^sts ^wk:workspace_projA@reptest
    (Opens the specified selector file to be applied.)

    cm ^setselector --^file=c:\selectors\sel.xml
    (Sets the specified selector file in the current workspace.)

    cm ^setselector --^file=c:\selectors\sel.xml ^wk:MyWorkspace
    (Sets the specified selector file in the selected workspace.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHELVE ==
Shelves the contents of checked-out items.

== CMD_USAGE_SHELVE ==
This command is deprecated. Use 'cm ^shelveset' instead.

Usage:

    cm ^shelve [<item_path>+] [--^all] [--^dependencies] 
              [-^c=str_comment | -^commentsfile=<comments_file>]
              [--^encoding=name] [--^comparisonmethod=comp_method]
    (Shelves the contents.)

    cm ^shelve --^apply=<sh_spec> [--^mount]
    (Applies a stored shelveset.)

    --^apply             Restores the shelved contents of the specified shelveset.
                        Shelve specification: check 'cm ^help ^objectspec'.

    cm ^shelve --^delete=<sh_spec>
    (Removes a stored shelveset.)

    --^delete            Removes the specified shelveset.
                        Shelveset specification: check 'cm ^help ^objectspec'.

Options:

    item_path           Items to be shelved, separated by spaces. Quotes (") can
                        be used to specify paths containing spaces.
    --^all               The items changed, moved and deleted locally, on the
                        given paths, will also be included.
    --^dependencies      Includes local change dependencies in the items to
                        shelve.
    -^c                  Applies the specified comment to the created shelveset.
    -^commentsfile       Applies the comment in the specified file to the created
                        shelveset.
    --^encoding          Specifies the output encoding, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^comparisonmethod  Sets the comparison method. See remarks for more info.
    --^mount             The mount point for the given repository.

== CMD_HELP_SHELVE ==

Remarks:

    If neither <item_path> nor any option is specified, the shelve will involve
    all the pending changes in the workspace.

    The shelve operation is always applied recursively from the given path.

    Requirements to shelve an item:
    - The item must be under source code control.
    - The item must be checked out or changed (--^all option must be used).

    Comparison methods:
        ^ignoreeol               Ignores end of line differences.
        ^ignorewhitespaces       Ignores whitespace differences.
        ^ignoreeolwhitespaces    Ignores end of line and whitespace differences.
        ^notignore               Detects end of line and whitespace differences.

    Set PLASTICEDITOR environment variable to specify an editor to type the
    comment.

Examples:

    cm ^shelve -^c="my comment"
    (Shelves all the pending changes in the current workspace including a
    comment.)

    cm ^shelve file1.txt "file 2.txt" -^commentsfile=commentshelve.txt
    (Shelves the selected pending changes and applies the comment in the 
    commentshelve.txt file.)

    cm ^shelve --^apply=^sh:3
    (Applies a stored shelveset.)

    cm ^shelve --^delete=^sh:3
    (Removes a stored shelveset.)

    cm ^status --^short --^changelist=pending_to_review | cm ^shelve -
    (Shelves client changelist.
    The command above lists the paths in the changelist named
    'pending_to_review' and the path list is redirected to the input of the
    shelve command.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHELVESET ==
Allows the user to manage shelvesets.

== CMD_USAGE_SHELVESET ==
Usage:

    cm ^shelveset <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^create | ^mk
    ^delete | ^rm
    ^apply

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^shelveset <command> --^usage
    cm ^shelveset <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_SHELVESET ==
Examples:

    cm ^shelveset ^create -^c="my comment"
    cm ^shelveset ^delete ^sh:3
    cm ^shelve ^apply ^sh:3

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHELVESET_CREATE ==
Shelves pending changes.

== CMD_USAGE_SHELVESET_CREATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^shelveset ^create | ^mk [<item_path>[ ...]] [--^all] [--^dependencies]
                             [-^c=<str_comment> | -^commentsfile=<comments_file>]

Options:

    item_path           Items to shelve. Use a whitespace to separate user names.
                        Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths containing
                        spaces.
    --^all               The items changed, moved, and deleted locally, on the
                        given paths, will also be included.
    --^dependencies      Includes local change dependencies into the items to
                        shelve.
    -^c                  Applies the specified comment to the created shelve.
    -^commentsfile       Applies the comment in the specified file to the created
                        shelve.

== CMD_HELP_SHELVESET_CREATE ==
The '^shelveset ^create' command stores the contents of checked out items inside the
    repository. This way the contents are protected without the need to
    checkin the files.

Remarks:

    If neither <item_path> nor any option is specified, the shelveset will
    include all the pending changes in the workspace.

    The '^shelveset ^create' operation is always applied recursively from the
    given path.

    Requirements to shelve an item:
    - The item must be under source code control.
    - The item must be checked out or changed ('--^all' option must be used).

    Set PLASTICEDITOR environment variable to specify an editor to type the
    comment.

Examples:

    cm ^shelveset ^create -^c="my comment"
    (Shelves all the pending changes in the current workspace including a
    comment.)

    cm ^shelveset file1.txt "file 2.txt" -^commentsfile=commentshelve.txt
    (Shelves the selected pending changes and applies the comment in the 
    'commentshelve.txt' file. Note, '^create' is the default subcommand.)

    cm ^status --^short --^changelist=pending_to_review | cm ^shelveset -
    (Shelves client changelist.
    The command above lists the paths in the changelist named
    'pending_to_review' and the path list is redirected to the input of the
    '^shelveset' command.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHELVESET_DELETE ==
Deletes a shelveset.

== CMD_USAGE_SHELVESET_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^shelveset ^delete | ^rm <sh_spec>
    
    sh_spec             Shelveset specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about shelveset specs.)

== CMD_HELP_SHELVESET_DELETE ==
The '^shelveset ^delete' command deletes a shelveset.

Examples:

    cm ^shelveset ^delete ^sh:3
    (Removes a stored shelveset.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHELVESET_APPLY ==
Applies a stored shelveset.

== CMD_USAGE_SHELVESET_APPLY ==
Usage:

    cm ^shelveset ^apply <sh_spec> [--^mount] [--^encoding=<name>]
                       [--^comparisonmethod=(^ignoreeol | ^ignorewhitespaces| \
                                            ^ignoreeolwhitespaces | ^notignore)]

    sh_spec             Shelveset specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about shelveset specs.)

Options:

    --^mount             The mount point for the given repository.
    --^encoding          Specifies the output encoding, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^comparisonmethod  Sets the comparison method. See Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_SHELVESET_APPLY ==
The '^shelveset ^apply' command restores the contents of a stored shelveset.

Remarks:

    Comparison methods:
        ^ignoreeol               Ignores end of line differences.
        ^ignorewhitespaces       Ignores whitespace differences.
        ^ignoreeolwhitespaces    Ignores end of line and whitespace differences.
        ^notignore               Detects end of line and whitespace differences.

Examples:

    cm ^shelveset ^apply ^sh:3
    (Applies a stored shelve.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHOW_FIND_OBJECTS ==
Lists objects and attributes.

== CMD_USAGE_SHOW_FIND_OBJECTS ==
Usage:

    cm ^showfindobjects

== CMD_HELP_SHOW_FIND_OBJECTS ==
Available objects and attributes: 

^attribute:
    You can find attributes by filtering using the following fields:

    ^type    : string.

              Example:
                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^type = 'status'"
                  (Finds all attributes of type 'status'.)

    ^value   : string.
    ^date    : date.
              Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.

              Example:
                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^date > '^this ^week'"
                  (Finds all attributes applied during the current week.)

    ^owner   : user.
              Admits special user '^me'.

              Example:
                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^value = 'resolved' ^and ^owner = '^me'"
                  (Finds all attributes with value 'resolved' applied by me.)

    ^GUID    : Global Unique Identifier.
              Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
    ^comment : string.
    ^srcobj  : object spec: item path, branch, changeset, revision, or label.
              Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify these objects.

              Examples:
                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^srcobj = '^item:readme.txt'"
                  (Finds the attributes applied to the item 'readme.txt'.)

                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^srcobj = '^br:/main/scm23343'"
                  (Finds the attributes applied to the branch scm23343.)

                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^srcobj = '^rev:readme.txt#^br:/main/task002'"
                  (Finds the attributes applied to the specified revision.)

                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^srcobj = '^rev:^revid:1126'"
                  (Finds the attributes applied to the specified revision id.)

    ^ID      : integer.

^attributetype:
    You can find attribute types by filtering using the following fields:

    ^name    : string.

              Example:
                  cm ^find ^attributetype "^where ^name ^like 'st%'"
                  (Finds all attribute where name starts with 'st'.)

    ^value   : string.
    ^date    : date.
              Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.

              Example:
                  cm ^find ^attribute "^where ^date > '^today'"
                  (Finds all attributes applied today.)

    ^owner   : user.
              Admits special user '^me'.
    ^GUID    : Global Unique Identifier.
              Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
    ^comment : string.

              Example:
                  cm ^find ^attributetype "^where ^comment != ''" --^xml
                  (Finds all attribute types that have a comment and prints the 
                  output in XML format to the standard output.)

    ^source  : object spec: item path, branch, changeset or label.
              Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify these objects.

              Example:

                  cm ^find ^attributetype "^where ^source = '^item:readme.txt'"
                  (Finds all attribute types in item 'readme.txt'.)

                  cm ^find ^attributetype "^where ^source = '^cs:30'"
                  (Finds all attribute types in changeset '30'.)

                  cm ^find ^attributetype "^where ^source = '^lb:v0.14.1'"
                  (Finds all attribute types in label 'v0.14.1'.)

    ^ID      : integer.

    Replication field. Check "replication related fields" below.
        ^ReplLogId
        ^ReplSrcDate
        ^ReplSrcId
        ^ReplSrcRepository
        ^ReplSrcServer

^branch:
    You can find branches by filtering using the following fields:

    ^name       : string.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^branch "^where ^name ^like 'scm23%'"
                    (Finds branches which name starts with 'scm23'.)

    ^date       : date.
                 Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^branch "^where ^date > '^one ^week ^ago'"
                    (Finds branches created during the last week.)

    ^changesets : date (of the changesets in the branch).
                 Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^branch "^where ^changesets >= '^today'"
                    (Finds branches with changesets created today.)

    ^attribute  : string.
    ^attrvalue  : string.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^branch "^where ^attribute = 'status' ^and ^attrvalue = 'failed'"
                    (Finds branches that have the attribute 'status' and which 
                    value is 'failed'.)
                    
    ^owner      : user.
                 Admits special user '^me'.
    ^parent     : branch spec.
                 Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this object.

                 Example:
                     cm ^find ^branch "^where ^owner != '^me' ^and ^parent != '^br:/main'"
                     (Finds branches created by other than me and which parent 
                     branch is not '/main'.)

    ^comment    : string.
    ^GUID       : Global Unique Identifier.
                 Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.

    ^ID         : integer.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^branch "^where ^id = 2029607"
                    (Finds the branch which id is 2029607.)

    Replication fields. Check "replication related fields" below.
        ^ReplLogId
        ^ReplSrcDate
        ^ReplSrcId
        ^ReplSrcRepository
        ^ReplSrcServer

^changeset:
    You can find changesets by filtering using the following fields:

    ^branch            : branch spec.
                        Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this
                        object.

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^branch = '/main/scm23119'"
                            (Finds all changesets in branch 'scm23119'.)

    ^changesetid       : integer.
    ^attribute         : string.

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^attribute = 'status'"
                            (Finds the changesets with the attribute 'status'.)

    ^attrvalue         : string.
    ^date              : date.
                        Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.
    ^owner             : user.
                        Admits special user '^me'.

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^date >= '6/8/2018' ^and ^owner != '^me'"
                            (Finds all changesets with creation date equal or
                            greater than 6/8/2018 and created by others than me.)

    ^GUID              : Global Unique Identifier.
                        Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^guid = '1b30674f-14cc-4fd7-962b-676c8a6f5cb6'"
                            (Finds the changeset with the specified guid.)

    ^comment           : string.

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^comment = ''"
                            (Finds the changesets with no comments.)

    ^onlywithrevisions : boolean.
                        To filter whether a cset has revisions or not.

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^onlywithrevisions = 'false'"
                            (Finds changesets with no revisions.)

    ^returnparent      : boolean.
                        A way to return the parent of a cset. Good for scripting.

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^changesetid = 29 ^and ^returnparent = 'true'"
                            (Finds the parent of changeset 29.)

    ^parent            : changeset id (integer).

                        Example:
                            cm ^find ^changeset "^where ^parent = 548"
                            (Finds all changesets which parent is cset 548.)

    ^ID                : integer.

    Replication fields. Check "replication related fields" below.
        ^ReplLogId
        ^ReplSrcDate
        ^ReplSrcId
        ^ReplSrcRepository
        ^ReplSrcServer

^label:
    You can find labels by filtering using the following fields:

    ^name      : string.

                Example:
                    cm ^find ^label "^where ^name ^like '7.0.16.%'"
                    (Finds the labels with a name that starts with '7.0.16.'.)

    ^attribute : string.
    ^attrvalue : string.
    ^date      : date.
                Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.

                Example:
                    cm ^find ^label "^where ^date >= '^this ^month' ^and \
                      ^attribute = 'publish-status' ^and ^attrvalue != 'PUBLISHED'"
                    (Finds the labels created this month with an attribute 'publish-status'
                    set to a value other than 'PUBLISHED'.)
                    
    ^owner     : user.
                Admits special user '^me'.
    ^GUID      : Global Unique Identifier.
                Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
    ^branch    : branch spec.
                Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this object.

                Example:
                    cm ^find ^label "^where ^branch = '/main'"
                    (Finds all labels applied to the main branch.)

    ^branchid  : integer.
    ^changeset : changeset id (integer).

                Example:
                    cm ^find ^label "^where ^changeset = 111733"
                    (Finds the labels applied to changeset 111733.)

    ^comment   : string.
    ^ID        : integer.

    Replication fields. Check "replication related fields" below.
        ^ReplLogId
        ^ReplSrcDate
        ^ReplSrcId
        ^ReplSrcRepository
        ^ReplSrcServer

^merge:
    You can find merges by filtering using the following fields:

    ^srcbranch    : branch spec.
                   Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this object.

                   Example:
                      cm ^find ^merge "^where ^srcbranch = '^br:/main'"
                      (Finds merges from the main branch.)

    ^srcchangeset : changeset id (integer).
    ^dstbranch    : branch spec.
                   Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this object.
    ^dstchangeset : changeset id (integer).

                   Example:
                      cm ^find ^merge "^where ^dstchangeset = 108261" \
                        --^format="{^srcbranch} {^srcchangeset} {^dstbranch} {^dstchangeset} {^owner}"
                      (Finds the merges to changeset 108261 and prints the
                      formatted output showing the source (branch and cset id),
                      the destination (branch and cset id), and the merge owner.)

    ^date         : date.
                   Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.
    ^owner        : user.
                   Admits special user '^me'.
    ^GUID         : Global Unique Identifier.
                   Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
    ^type         : string.
                   Possible values are '^merge', '^cherrypick',
                     '^cherrypicksubstractive', '^interval', '^intervalcherrypick'
                     and '^intervalcherrypicksubstractive'

                   Example:
                      cm ^find ^merge "^where ^type = '^cherrypick' ^and ^owner = '^me'"
                      (Finds all my cherrypicks.)

    ^ID           : integer.

^replicationlog:
    You can find replication log by filtering using the following fields:

    ^branch         : branch spec.
                     Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this object.

                     Example:
                         cm ^find ^replicationlog "^where ^branch = '/main/gm22358'"
                         (Finds the replication logs of branch 'gm22358'.)

    ^repositoryname : string.
    ^owner          : user.
                     Admits special user '^me'.
    ^date           : date.
                     Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.
    ^server         : string.
    ^package        : boolean.

                     Example:
                         cm ^find ^replicationlog "^where ^package = 'T' ^and ^server ^like '%cloud%'"
                         (Finds the replication logs created from package which
                         server name contains 'cloud'.)

    ^ID             : integer.

^review:
    You can find code reviews by filtering using the following fields:

    ^status     : string.
    ^assignee   : string.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^review "^where ^status = 'pending' ^and ^assignee = '^me'"
                    (Finds all my pending reviews.)

    ^title      : string.
    ^target     : object spec: branch or changeset.
                 Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this object.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^review "^where ^target = '^br:/main/scm17932'"
                    (Finds the reviews related to branch 'scm17932'.)

    ^targetid   : integer.
    ^targettype : string.
                 Possible values are '^branch' and '^changeset'.

                 Example:
                    cm ^find ^review "^where ^targettype = '^changeset'"
                    (Finds the reviews which target type is changeset.)

    ^date       : date.
                 Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.
    ^owner      : user.
                 Admits special user '^me'.
    ^GUID       : Global Unique Identifier.
                 Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
    ^ID         : integer.

^revision:
    You can find revisions by filtering using the following fields:

    ^branch              : branch spec.
                          Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn how to specify this object.
    ^changeset           : changeset id (integer).

                          Example:
                              cm ^find ^revision "^where ^changeset >= 111756"
                              (Finds the revisions created in changeset 111756 
                              and later.)

    ^item                : string or integer.
    ^itemid              : integer.

                          Examples:
                              cm ^find ^revision "^where ^item = 'readme.txt' ^or ^itemid = 2250"
                              (Finds the revisions of item 'readme.txt' plus 
                              item id 2250.)

                              cm ^find ^revision "^where ^item = 'readme.txt' ^or ^item = 2250"
                              (Gets the same revisions as the previous example.)

    ^attribute           : string.
    ^attrvalue           : string.

                          Example:
                              cm ^find ^revision "^where ^attribute = 'status' ^and ^attrvalue != 'open'"
                              (Finds the revisions with attribute 'status' which
                              value is other than 'open'.)

    ^archived            : boolean.

                          Example:
                              cm ^find ^revision "^where ^archived = 'true'"
                              (Finds the revisions that are archived in an 
                              external storage.)

    ^comment             : string.
    ^date                : date.
                          Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.
    ^GUID                : Global Unique Identifier.
                          Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
    ^owner               : user.
                          Admits special user '^me'.
    ^parent              : revision id (integer).
    ^returnparent        : boolean.
    ^shelve              : shelve id (integer).
    ^size                : integer (in bytes).
    ^type                : string.
                          Possible values are '^dir', '^bin', and '^txt'.

                          Example:
                              cm ^find ^revision "^where ^type = '^txt' and \
                                ^size > 300000 ^and ^owner = '^me' and ^date >= '2 ^months ^ago'"
                              (Finds the text revisions created by me two months
                              ago and with size greater than about 3MB.)

    ^workspacecheckoutid : integer.
    ^ID                  : integer.

    Replication fields. Check "replication related fields" below.
        ^ReplLogId
        ^ReplSrcDate
        ^ReplSrcId
        ^ReplSrcRepository
        ^ReplSrcServer

^shelve:
    You can find shelves by filtering using the following fields:

    ^owner     : user.
                Admits special user '^me'.
    ^date      : date.
                Check "date constants" for more info in this guide.

                Example:
                    cm ^find ^shelve "^where ^owner != '^me' ^and ^date >= '^1 ^years ^ago'"
                    (Finds the shelves created by others than me during the last
                    year.)

    ^attribute : string.
    ^attrvalue : string.
    ^comment   : string.
    ^GUID      : Global Unique Identifier.
                Hexadecimal id in the format xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
    ^parent    : integer.
    ^shelveid  : integer.

                Example:
                    cm ^find ^shelve "^where ^shelveid = 2"
                    (Finds the shelve with name 2.)

    ^ID        : integer.

                Example:
                    cm ^find ^shelve "^where ^id >= 3848"
                    (Finds the shelves which object id is greater than 3848.)

    Replication fields. Check "replication related fields" below.
        ^ReplLogId
        ^ReplSrcDate
        ^ReplSrcId
        ^ReplSrcRepository
        ^ReplSrcServer


Replication related fields:
    Many objects track replication data, meaning Plastic tracks where they were
    originally created.

    The fields you can use are:

        ^ReplSrcServer     : repspec. Stands for "replication source server". 
                            Server where the object was replicated from.

              Example:
                            cm ^find ^branch "^where ^replsrcserver='skull.codicefactory.com:9095'"
                            (Finds the branches replicated from server 'skull'.)

        ^ReplSrcRepository : string. Stands for "replication source repo". It is
                            the repository where the object was replicated from.

              Example:
                            cm ^find ^branch "^where ^replsrcserver = 'skull.codicefactory.com:9095' \
                              ^and ^replsrcrepository = 'codice'"
                            (Finds the branches replicated from server 'skull'
                            and from repository 'codice'.)

        ^ReplLogId         : integer. ID of the replication operation. In Plastic,
                            each time new objects are created from a replica, 
                            a new 'replicationlog' is created.

              Example:
                            cm ^find ^revision "^where ^repllogid = 2019974"
                            (Finds the revisions replicated from replica 
                            2019974.)

        ^ReplSrcDate       : date. It is the date when the replica actually took 
                            place.
                            Replicated objects will retain its original creation
                            date, o this field is useful if you want to find 
                            objects that where replicated within a specific 
                            timeframe.

              Example:
                            cm ^find ^label "^where ^replsrcdate >= '^one ^month ^ago' \
                              ^and ^date >= '15 ^days ^ago'"
                            (Finds the labels created 15 days ago and were 
                            replicated one month ago.)
                     
                            cm ^find ^replicationlog "^where ^date > '^one ^week ^ago'"
                            8780433  27/09/2018 8:49:38 codice@BACKYARD:8087 F   mbarriosc
                            (Finds the replication logs created one week ago.)

                            Now, you can check that the replicated branch was 
                            created before it was replicated over:

                            cm ^find ^branch "^where ^repllogid = 8780433"
                            8780443  26/09/2018 12:20:55 /main/scm23078 maria    codice T

        ^ReplSrcId         : integer. It is the ID of the replication source server. 
                            You can discover this ID searching for 
                            '^replicationsource' objects with the 'cm ^find' command.

              Example:
                            cm ^find ^replicationsource
                            7860739  codice@AFRODITA:8087 d9c4372a-dc55-4fdc-ad3d-baeb2e975f27
                            8175854  codice@BACKYARD:8087 66700d3a-036b-4b9a-a26f-adfc336b14f9

                            Now, you can find the changesets replicated from
                            codice@AFRODITA:8087:

                            cm ^find ^changesets "^where ^replsrcid = 7860739"


Date constants:
    You can use date formats that follow your machine localization settings.
    For example, if your computer displays dates in the format 'MM-dd-yyyy',
    you can use dates such as '12-31-2019' in your queries.

    You can also use the following constants to simplify your queries:
        '^today'         : today's date.
        '^yesterday'     : yesterday's date.
        '^this ^week'     : current week's Monday date.
        '^this ^month'    : current month's 1st day date.
        '^this ^year'     : current year's January 1st date.
        '^one ^day ^ago'   : one day before the current date.
        '^one ^week ^ago'  : seven days before the current date.
        '^one ^month ^ago' : one month before the current date.
        'n ^days ^ago'    : 'n' days before the current date.
        'n ^months ^ago'  : 'n' months before the current date.
        'n ^years ^ago'   : 'n' years before the current date.

    The following '^where' clauses are valid for fields of type '^date':
        '(...) ^where ^date > '^today' (...)'
        '(...) ^where ^date < '^yesterday' (...)'
        '(...) ^where ^date > '^this ^week' (...)'
        '(...) ^where ^date > '^this ^month' (...)'
        '(...) ^where ^date < '^one ^day ^ago' ^and ^date > '3 ^days ^ago' (...)'
        '(...) ^where ^date < '^one ^week ^ago' ^and ^date > '3 ^weeks ^ago' (...)'
        '(...) ^where ^date < '^one ^month ^ago' ^and ^date > '3 ^months ^ago' (...)'
        '(...) ^where ^date > '1 ^year ^ago' (...)'

    You can also force a specific date format on the 'cm ^find' command using the
    --^dateformat flag. Check 'cm ^find --^help' for further details.

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_TRIGGER_SHOWTYPES ==
Displays available trigger types.

== CMD_USAGE_TRIGGER_SHOWTYPES ==
Usage:

    cm ^trigger ^showtypes

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHOWACL ==
Shows the ACL of an object.

== CMD_USAGE_SHOWACL ==
Usage:

    cm ^showacl | ^sa <object_spec> [--^extended] [--^xml[=<output_file>]]
                                [--^encoding=<name>]

    object_spec         Specification of the object to show the ACL of.
                        The valid objects for this command are:
                        repserver, repository, branch, changeset, label, item,
                        and attribute. 
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

Options:

      --^extended        Shows ACL hierarchy tree.
      --^xml             Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
                        It is possible to specify an output file.
      --^encoding        Used with the '--^xml' option, specifies the encoding to
                        use in the XML output, i.e.: utf-8.
                        See the MSDN documentation at
                        http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                        to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                        (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).

== CMD_HELP_SHOWACL ==
Examples:

    cm ^showacl ^repserver:PlasticServer:8084
    (Shows the ACL of the selected server.)

    cm ^sa ^br:/main --^extended
    (Shows the ACL hierarchy tree of the selected branch specification.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHOWCOMMANDS ==
Shows all the available commands.

== CMD_USAGE_SHOWCOMMANDS ==
Usage:

    cm ^showcommands

== CMD_HELP_SHOWCOMMANDS ==

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHOWOWNER ==
Shows the owner of an object.

== CMD_USAGE_SHOWOWNER ==
Usage:

    cm ^showowner | ^so <object_spec>

    object_spec         Specification of the object to show the owner of.
                        The object must be one of the following:
                        repository server, repository, branch, changeset,
                        label, attribute, revision, and item.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

== CMD_HELP_SHOWOWNER ==
Remarks:

    This command displays the owner of an object. The owner can be a user or
    a group. The owner can be modified with 'cm ^setowner' command.

Examples:

    cm ^showowner ^repserver:PlasticServer:8084
    (Shows the owner of the selected server.)

    cm ^so ^item:samples\
    (Shows the owner of the selected item specification.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHOWPERMISSIONS ==
Lists the available permissions.

== CMD_USAGE_SHOWPERMISSIONS ==
Usage:

      cm ^showpermissions | ^sp

== CMD_HELP_SHOWPERMISSIONS ==
Examples:

    cm ^showpermissions

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SHOWSELECTOR ==
Shows the workspace selector.

== CMD_USAGE_SHOWSELECTOR ==
This command is deprecated. It is still present for backwards compatibility
but selectors were largely deprecated in Plastic SCM 4.0. Selectors still
exist to specify the working branch or changeset, but the old rules to
filter paths are no longer supported.

Usage:

    cm ^showselector | ^ss [<wk_path> | <wk_spec>]

    wk_path             Path of the workspace to show the selector.
    wk_spec             Workspace specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about workspace specs.)

== CMD_HELP_SHOWSELECTOR ==
Remarks:

    If neither path nor workspace spec is specified, the command will take the
    current directory as the workspace path.

Examples:

    cm ^showselector c:\workspace
    (Shows the selector for the selected workspace path.)

    cm ^ss
    (Shows the selector for current workspace.)

    cm ^showselector > mySelector.txt
    (Writes into a file the selector for the current workspace.)

    cm ^showselector ^wk:mywk@reptest
    (Shows the selector for the workspace 'mywk' in the repository 'reptest'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SUPPORT ==
Allows the user to perform support related operations.

== CMD_USAGE_SUPPORT ==
Usage:

    cm ^support <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^bundle

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^support <command> --^usage
    cm ^support <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_SUPPORT ==
Examples:

    cm ^support
    cm ^support ^bundle
    cm ^support ^bundle c:\outputfile.zip

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SUPPORT_BUNDLE ==
Creates a "support bundle" package with relevant logs.
You can attach the file while requesting help, asking for extra info, or
submitting a bug.

== CMD_USAGE_SUPPORT_BUNDLE ==
Usage:

    cm ^support ^bundle [<outputfile>]

Options:

    outputfile          Creates the "support bundle" package at the specified
                        location.

== CMD_HELP_SUPPORT_BUNDLE ==
Remarks:

This command allows users to create a "support bundle" package which can be
attached when requesting help, asking for extra info, or submitting a bug.
The user can optionally specify a location for the output file; otherwise, the
output file will be written to the temp directory.

Examples:

    cm ^support ^bundle
    (Creates "support bundle" in temp directory.)

    cm ^support ^bundle c:\outputfile.zip
    (Creates "support bundle" at the specified location.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SWITCH ==
Switches the workspace to a branch, changeset, label, or shelveset.

== CMD_USAGE_SWITCH ==
Usage:

    cm ^switch (<brspec> | <csetspec> | <lbspec> | <shspec>)
              [--^workspace=<path>] [--^repository=<name>]
              [--^forcedetailedprogress]

    (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about branch, changeset, label,
    and shelveset specifications.)

Options:

    --^workspace             Path where the workspace is located.
    --^repository            Switches to the specified repository.
    --^forcedetailedprogress Forces detailed progress even when standard
                            output is redirected.

== CMD_HELP_SWITCH ==
Remarks:

    This command allows users to update the workspace tree to the contents
    of the specified object (branch, label, shelveset, or changeset).

Examples:

    cm ^switch ^br:/main
    cm ^switch ^lb:Rel1.1
    cm ^switch ^br:/main/scm002 --^repository=rep2
    cm ^switch ^cs:4375
    cm ^switch ^sh:2

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SWITCH_TO_BRANCH ==
Sets a branch as the working branch.

== CMD_USAGE_SWITCH_TO_BRANCH ==
This command is deprecated. Use cm switch instead.

Usage:

    cm ^switchtobranch [options] [branch_spec]

    branch_spec: Branch specification.

Options:

    --^label=name | --^changeset=number: load revisions from the specified
      label or changeset. One of these options is required if no branch_spec is
      given.
    --^changeset=cset: Switch to the specified changeset.
    --^repository=rep: Switch to the specified repository.
    --^workspace | -wk=path: path where the workspace is located.

== CMD_HELP_SWITCH_TO_BRANCH ==
Remarks:

    This command allows users to work in a branch.
    If no branch_spec specified, a label or a changeset must be specified.
    If no repository is specified, the branch is set to the current repository.

Examples:

    cm ^switchtobranch ^br:/main
    cm ^switchtobranch ^br:/main/task001

    cm ^switchtobranch --^label=BL050
    (Read-only configuration. The command loads the contents of the labeled
    changeset.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_SYNC ==
Synchronize with Git.

== CMD_USAGE_SYNC ==
Usage:

    cm ^synchronize | ^sync <repspec> ^git [<url> [--^user=<usr_name> --^pwd=<pwd>]]
                          [(--^txtsimilaritypercent | --^binsimilaritypercent | \
                            --^dirsimilaritypercent)=<value>]
                          [--^author] [--^skipgitlfs]


    repspec             Repository specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' t
                        learn more about repository specs.)
    git                 (Default).

Options:

    url                       Remote repository URL (http(s):// or git:// or a
                              SSH URL).
    --^user                    User name for the specified URL.
    --^pwd                     Password for the specified URL.
    --^txtsimilaritypercent \
    --^binsimilaritypercent \
    --^dirsimilaritypercent
                              To detect moved items, the same way as Plastic SCM
                              GUI does.
    --^author                  Uses name and timestamp values from the git author.
                              (git committer by default)
    --^skipgitlfs              Ignores the Git LFS configuration in the 
                              .gitattributes file. It acts like without Git LFS
                              support.

== CMD_HELP_SYNC ==
Remarks:

    If the git repository requires user and password, then use '^url', '--^user',
    and '--^pwd' options.
    If the git repository doesn't require user and password, then use '^url'
    option with the first sync operation. With next sync operations, '^url'
    option is optional.

    To use the SSH protocol to perform the sync, you must have the 'ssh' client
    added to the PATH environment variable and properly configured to connect
    to the remote host (i.e. private/public keys configured).

Examples:

    cm ^sync default@localhost:8087 ^git git://localhost/repository

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_TRIGGER ==
Allows the user to manage triggers.

== CMD_USAGE_TRIGGER ==
Usage:

    cm ^trigger | ^tr <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^create | ^mk
    ^delete | ^rm
    ^edit
    ^list   | ^ls
    ^showtypes

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^trigger <command> --^usage
    cm ^trigger <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_TRIGGER ==
Examples:

    cm ^tr ^mk ^before-mklabel new "/path/to/script" --^server=myserver:8084
    cm ^tr ^edit ^before-mklabel 7 --^position=4 --^server=myserver:8084
    cm ^tr ^ls ^before-mkbranch --^server=myserver:8084
    cm ^tr ^rm ^after-setselector 4
    cm ^tr ^showtypes

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_TUBE ==
Runs commands related to Plastic Tube.

== CMD_USAGE_TUBE ==
Usage:

    cm ^tube ^config -^u=<user> -^p=<password>
    (Configures Plastic SCM to use Plastic Tube with the specified user and
    password.)


    cm ^tube ^create <remoteuser>
    (Creates the tube "remoteuser -> myuser".
    The user "myuser" allows to "remoteuser" to connect to "myuser" server.
    Connections can be established from "remoteuser" to "myuser".
    Only tubes from other users to the current tube user can be created.)

    cm ^tube ^remove <remoteuser>
    (Removes the tube "remoteuser -> myuser".)


    cm ^tube ^local
    (Lists the local repositories shared in the local server and the users
    that it is shared with.)
    
    cm ^tube ^remote
    (Lists the shared remote repositories that are shared with the current
    tube user.)


    cm ^tube ^share <rep_spec>[ ...] -^u=<remoteuser> -^a=(^pull | ^push | ^pull,^push)
    (Shares the local repository(s) with the remote user and sets the specified
    access mode. Use a whitespace to separate repository specs.)

    cm ^tube ^unshare <rep_spec>[ ...] -^u=<remoteuser>
    (Unshares the local repository(s) with the remote user. Use a whitespace to
    separate repository specs.)


    cm ^tube ^connect
    (Connects the Plastic SCM server to Plastic Tube.)
    cm ^tube ^disconnect
    (Disconnects the Plastic SCM server from Plastic Tube.)
    cm ^tube ^status
    (Shows if the Plastic SCM server is connected to Plastic Tube.)

Options

    -^u                Tube user (the plasticscm.com user).
    -^p                User password.
    -^a                Sets the access mode.
    rep_spec          Repository specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                      learn more about repository specs.)

== CMD_HELP_TUBE ==
Remarks:

    Use the 'cm ^tube' command to manage Plastic Tube.

Examples:

    cm ^tube ^config -^u=ruben@codicesoftware.com -^p=rubenpassword

    cm ^tube ^create pablo@codicesoftware.com
    ('pablo@codicesoftware.com' can connect to the current Plastic Tube user)
    cm ^tube ^remove pablo@codicesoftware.com

    cm ^tube ^local
    cm ^tube ^remote

    cm ^tube ^share repo@server:8087 -^u=pablo@codicesoftware.com -^a=^pull,^push
    cm ^tube ^share repo@server:8087 doc@server:8087 -^u=pablo@codicesoftware.com -^a=^push
    cm ^tube ^unshare repo@server:8087 -^u=pablo@codicesoftware.com

    cm ^tube ^connect
    cm ^tube ^disconnect
    cm ^tube ^status

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_UNCO ==
Undoes the checkout of an item.

== CMD_USAGE_UNCO ==
Usage:

    cm ^undocheckout | ^unco <item_path>[ ...] [-^a | --^all] [--^symlink] [--^silent]
                           [--^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>] 
                            [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]

    item_path           Items to apply the operation. Use a whitespace to separate
                        paths. Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths
                        containing spaces.
                        Use . to apply the operation to current directory.

Options:

    -^a | --^all           Undoes all of the changes in the specified items. If
                         the item(s) were checked out, the checkout will be
                         reverted. If the item(s) were locally modified, the
                         modifications will be reverted.
    --^symlink            Applies the undocheckout operation to the link and not
                         to the target.
    --^silent             Does not show any output.
    --^machinereadable    Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                         specifies how the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator   Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                         specifies how the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator     Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                         specifies how the fields should be separated.

== CMD_HELP_UNCO ==
Remarks:

    If an item is checked out and you do not want to checkin it, you can undo
    the checkout using this command. Both files and folders can be unchecked
    out. The item will be updated to the state it had before checking it out.

    Requirements:
      - The item must be under source code control.
      - The item must be checked out.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^undocheckout' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a
    single dash "-".
    Example: cm ^undocheckout ^checkin -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify for which files to undo the checkout.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^undocheckout --^all -
      (In Windows, undoes the checkout of all .c files in the workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^undocheckout .
    (Undoes checkouts in the current directory.)

    cm ^undocheckout file1.txt file2.txt
    cm unco c:\workspace\file.txt
    (Undoes checkouts of the selected files.)

    cm ^unco -^a file1.txt
    (Undoes checkouts or local modifications of 'file1.txt')

    cm ^unco link --^symlink
    (Applies the undocheckout operation to the link file and not to the target,
    available on UNIX environments.)

    cm ^status --^short --^changelist=pending_to_review | cm ^undocheckout -
    (Undoes client changelist.
    The command above will list the paths in the changelist named
    'pending_to_review' and the path list will be redirected to the input of the
    undocheckout command).

    cm ^unco . --^machinereadable
    (Undoes checkouts in the current directory, and prints the result in a
    simplified, easier-to-parse format.)

    cm ^unco . --^machinereadable --^startlineseparator=">" --^endlineseparator="<" \
      --^fieldseparator=","
    (Undoes checkouts in the current directory, and prints the result in a
    simplified, easier to parse format, starting and ending the lines, and
    separating the fields, with the specified strings.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_UNCOUNCHANGED ==
Undoes non-changed checked out items.

== CMD_USAGE_UNCOUNCHANGED ==
Usage:

    cm ^uncounchanged | ^unuc <item_path>[ ...] [-^R | -^r | --^recursive]
                            [--^symlink] [--^silent]

    item_path           Items to apply the operation. Use a whitespace to separate
                        paths. Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths
                        containing spaces.
                        Use . to apply the operation to current directory.

Options:

    -^R                  Undoes unchanged items recursively in the specified paths.
    --^symlink           Applies the uncounchanged operation to the link and not
                        to the target.
    --^silent            Does not show any output.

== CMD_HELP_UNCOUNCHANGED ==
Remarks:

    This command is applied from the root of the workspace recursively.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^uncounchanged' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a
    single dash "-".
    Example: cm ^uncounchanged -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify for which unchanged files to undo
    the checkout.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^uncounchanged -
      (In Windows, undoes the checkout on all unchanged .c files in the
      workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^uncounchanged . -^R
    (Undoes checkouts of not changed files recursively on the current directory.)

    cm ^unuc /home/myuser/mywk/project/templates -^R
    (Undoes checkouts of not changed files recursively on the selected directory.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_UNDELETE ==
Undeletes an item using a specific revision.

== CMD_USAGE_UNDELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^undelete <revspec> <path>

    revspec             Specification of the revision whose contents will
                        be loaded in the workspace. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about revision specs.)
    path                Restore path.

== CMD_HELP_UNDELETE ==
Remarks:

    The item to undelete should not be already loaded in the workspace.

    The '^undelete' operation is not supported for xlinks.

Example:

    cm ^undelete ^revid:756 C:\mywks\src\foo.c
    cm ^undelete ^itemid:68#^cs:2 C:\mywks\dir\myfile.pdf
    cm ^undelete ^serverpath:/src#^br:/main C:\mywks\Dir

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_UNDOCHANGE ==
Undoes the changes on a path.

== CMD_USAGE_UNDOCHANGE ==
Usage:

    cm ^undochange | ^unc <item_path>[ ...] [-^R | -^r | --^recursive]

    item_path       Items to apply the operation. Use a whitespace to separate
                    paths. Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths
                    containing spaces.
                    Use . to apply the operation to current directory.

Options:

    -^R              Applies the operation recursively.

== CMD_HELP_UNDOCHANGE ==
Remarks:

    If an item is checked out or modified but not checked in and you do not
    want to check it in, you can undo the changes using this command. The item
    will be updated to the contents it had before.

Reading input from stdin:

    The '^undochange' command can read paths from stdin. To do this, pass a
    single dash "-".
    Example: cm ^undochange -

    Paths will be read until an empty line is entered.
    This allows you to use pipe to specify for which files to undo changes.
    Example:
      dir /S /B *.c | cm ^undochange -
      (In Windows, undoes the changes of all .c files in the workspace.)

Examples:

    cm ^unc .
    (Undoes changes of the files on the current directory.)

    cm ^undochange . -^R
    (Undoes changes of the files recursively on the current directory.)

    cm ^unc file1.txt "file 2.txt"
    (Undoes changes of the selected files.)

    cm ^unc c:\workspace\file.txt
    (Undoes changes of the selected file.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_UNDO ==
Undoes changes in a workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_UNDO ==
Usage:

    cm ^undo [<path>[ ...]] [--^symlink] [-^r | --^recursive] [<filter>[ ...]]
            [--^silent | --^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>]
                            [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]

    path                Path of the files or directories to apply the operation
                        to. Use double quotes (" ") to specify paths containing
                        spaces. Use a whitespace to separate paths.
                        If no path is specified, by default the undo
                        operation will take all of the files in the current
                        directory.
    filter              Applies the specified filter or filters to the given
                        paths. Use a whitespace to separate filters. See the
                        Filters section for more information.

Options:

    --^symlink               Applies the undo operation to the symlink and not
                            to the target.
    -^r                      Executes the undo recursively.
    --^silent                Does not show any output.
    --^machinereadable       Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator    Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                            how the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                            how the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator        Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag, specifies
                            how the fields should be separated.
Filters:

    If no flag is specified, by default all changes are undone, but the
    paths can be filtered using one or more of the flags below.
    If a file or directory matches one or more of the specified kinds of change,
    all of the changes on said file or directory will be undone.
    For example, if you specify both '--^checkedout' and '--^moved', if a file is
    both checkedout and moved, both changes will be undone.

    --^checkedout            Selects checked-out files and directories.
    --^unchanged             Selects files whose content is unchanged.
    --^changed               Selects locally changed or checked-out files and
                            directories.
    --^deleted               Selects deleted files and directories.
    --^moved                 Selects moved files and directories.
    --^added                 Selects added files and directories.

== CMD_HELP_UNDO ==
Remarks:

    The '^undo' command is dangerous - it undoes work in an irreversible way.
    Once the ^undo has finished, it is not possible to recover the previous state
    of the files and directories affected by it. If no path is specified
    in the arguments, by default it will undo every change in the current
    directory, but not recursively.
    These are equivalent when executed from the /src directory:

        /src
        |- file.txt
        |- code.cs
        \- /test
           |- test_a.py
           \- test_b.py

        cm ^undo
        cm ^undo *
        cm ^undo file.txt code.cs /test

        cm ^undo .
        cm ^undo /src file.txt code.cs

    If you want the operation to be recursive, you must specify the '-^r' flag.

    To undo all of the changes below a directory (including changes affecting
    the directory itself):

        cm ^undo dirpath -^r

    If dirpath is a workspace path, every change in the workspace will be
    undone.

Deleted items:

    To undo file and directory deletions, you must either specify the full path
    of the item, or specify the containing directory and use the recursive ('-^r')
    flag.

    For example:

    cm ^undo .
    (Does NOT undo deletions in the current directory.)

    cm ^undo . -^r
    (Undoes all deletions (and other changes) in the current directory recursively.)

    cm ^undo src/file.txt
    (Undoes deletion (or other change) of src/file.txt.)

Examples:

    cm ^undo . -^r
    (Undoes all changes in the current directory recursively. If executed
    from the workspace's root, undoes all changes in the entire workspace.)

    cm ^co file.txt
    cm ^undo file.txt
    (Undoes the checkout on 'file.txt'.)

    ^echo ^content >> file.txt
    cm ^undo file.txt
    (Undoes the local change to 'file.txt'.)

    cm ^undo src
    (Undoes changes to the src directory and its files.)

    cm ^undo src/*
    (Undoes changes in every file and directory contained in src, without
    affecting src.)

    cm ^undo *.cs
    (Undoes changes to every file or directory that matches *.cs in the current
    directory.)

    cm ^undo *.cs -^r
    (Undoes changes on every file or directory that matches *.cs in the current
    directory and every directory below it.)

    cm ^co file1.txt file2.txt
    ^echo ^content >> file1.txt
    cm ^undo --^unchanged
    (Undoes the checkout of unchanged 'file2.txt', ignoring locally changed
    'file1.txt'.)

    ^echo ^content >> file1.txt
    ^echo ^content >> file2.txt
    cm ^co file1.txt
    cm ^undo --^checkedout
    (Undoes the changes in checked-out file 'file1.txt', ignoring 'file2.txt' as
    it is not checked-out.)

    cm ^add file.txt
    cm ^undo file.txt
    (Undo the add of 'file.txt' making it once again a private file.)

    ^rm file1.txt
    ^echo ^content >> file2.txt
    cm ^add file3.txt
    cm ^undo --^deleted --^added *
    (Undoes the 'file1.txt' delete and 'file3.txt' add, ignoring the 'file2.txt'
    change.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_LOCK_UNLOCK ==
Undoes item locks on a lockserver.

== CMD_USAGE_LOCK_UNLOCK ==
Usage:

    cm ^lock ^unlock [<repserverspec>] <guid>[ ...]

    repserverspec   Repository server specification. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec'
                    to learn more about repserver specs.)
    guid            A list of item GUIDs to be unlocked. Use a whitespace to
                    separate GUIDs.

== CMD_HELP_LOCK_UNLOCK ==
Remarks:

    - The command uses the specified server to unlock the items.
    - If no server is specified, the command tries to obtain a server from the
      current workspace.
    - If no server was calculated on the previous steps, the server is obtained
      from the current Plastic SCM client configuration.
    - Only the administrator of the server can run the 'cm ^unlock' command.
    - To specify a GUID, the format should be the 32-digit separated by
      hyphens format (optionally enclosed in braces):

        {00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}
      or 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000

Examples:

    cm ^lock ^unlock 91961b14-3dfe-4062-8c4c-f33a81d201f5
    (Undoes the selected item lock.)

    cm ^lock ^unlock DIGITALIS:8084 2340b4fa-47aa-4d0e-bb00-0311af847865 \
      bcb98a61-2f62-4309-9a26-e21a2685e075
    (Undoes the selected item locks on lockserver named 'DIGITALIS'.)

    cm ^lock ^unlock tardis@cloud 4740c4fa-56af-3dfe-de10-8711fa248635 \
      71263c17-5eaf-5271-4d2c-a25f72e101d4
    (Undoes the selected item locks on cloud lockserver named 'tardis'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_UPDATE ==
Updates the workspace and downloads latest changes.

== CMD_USAGE_UPDATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^update [<item_path> | --^last]
              [--^changeset=<csetspec>] [--^cloaked] [--^dontmerge] [--^forced]
              [--^ignorechanges] [--^override] [--^recursewk] [--^skipchangedcheck]
              [--^silent] [--^verbose] [--^xml[=<output_file>]] [--^encoding=<name>]
              [--^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=<sep>]
                [--^endlineseparator=<sep>] [--^fieldseparator=<sep>]]
              [--^forcedetailedprogress]

    item_path           Path to update.
                        Use . to apply update to current directory.
                        If no path is specified, then the current workspace is
                        fully updated.
    --^last              Changes the workspace selector from a changeset
                        configuration or a label configuration to a branch
                        configuration before updating.
                        The selector is changed to the branch the changeset or
                        label belongs to.

Options:

    --^changeset             Updates the workspace to a specific changeset.
                            (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about
                            changeset specs.)
    --^cloaked               Includes the cloaked items in the update operation.
                            If this option is not specified, those items that are
                            cloaked will be ignored in the operation.
    --^dontmerge             In case an update merge is required during the update
                            operation, does not perform it.
    --^forced                Forces updating items to the revision specified in
                            the selector.
    --^ignorechanges         Ignores the pending changes warning message that is
                            shown if there are pending changes detected when
                            updating the workspace.
    --^override              Overrides changed files outside Plastic SCM control.
                            Their content will be overwritten with the server
                            content.
    --^recursewk             Updates all the workspaces found within the current
                            path. Useful to update all the workspaces contained
                            in a specific path.
    --^skipchangedcheck      The update checks if there are local changes in your
                            workspace before starting. If you always checkout 
                            before modifying a file, you can use this check and 
                            speed up the operation.
    --^silent                Does not show any output.
    --^verbose               Shows additional information.
    --^xml                   Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
                            It is possible to specify an output file.
    --^encoding              Used with the --^xml option, specifies the encoding to
                            use in the XML output, i.e.: utf-8.
                            See the MSDN documentation at
                            http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                            to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                            (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
    --^machinereadable       Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator    Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                            specifies how the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                            specifies how the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator        Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                            specifies how the fields should be separated.
    --^forcedetailedprogress Forces detailed progress even when standard output
                            is redirected.
== CMD_HELP_UPDATE ==
Remarks:

    The '^update' command only downloads needed files.

    The command assumes recursive operation.

    When the '--^last' option is used, it is not necessary to specify a path.
    In this case, the workspace the current working directory belongs to will 
    be updated.
    (Remember that specifying this flag could cause the workspace
    selector to be changed to a branch configuration if the selector was
    previously pointing to a changeset or a label.)


Examples:

    cm ^update
    (Updates all in the current workspace.)

    cm ^update .
    (Updates current directory, and all children items.)

    cm ^update . --^forced --^verbose
    (Forces retrieval of all revisions.)

    cm ^update --^last

    cm ^update . --^machinereadable --^startlineseparator=">"
    (Updates current directory and prints the result in a simplified
    easier-to-parse format, starting the lines with the specified 
    strings.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_VERSION ==
Shows the current client version number.

== CMD_USAGE_VERSION ==
Usage:

    cm ^version

== CMD_HELP_VERSION ==

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WHOAMI ==
Shows the current Plastic SCM user.

== CMD_USAGE_WHOAMI ==
Usage:

    cm ^whoami

== CMD_HELP_WHOAMI ==

== CMD_USAGE_WKTREENODESTATUS ==
Usage:

    cm ^wktreenodestatus path1, path2, ...

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WORKSPACE ==
Allows the user to manage workspaces.

== CMD_USAGE_WORKSPACE ==
Usage:

    cm ^workspace | ^wk <command> [options]

Commands:

    ^list   | ^ls
    ^create | ^mk
    ^delete | ^rm
    ^move   | ^mv
    ^rename

    To get more information about each command run:
    cm ^workspace <command> --^usage
    cm ^workspace <command> --^help

== CMD_HELP_WORKSPACE ==
Examples:

    cm ^workspace ^create myWorkspace wk_path
    cm ^workspace ^list
    cm ^workspace ^delete myWorkspace

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WORKSPACE_CREATE ==
Creates a new workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_WORKSPACE_CREATE ==
Usage:

    cm ^workspace | ^wk [^create | ^mk] <wk_name> <wk_path> [<rep_spec>]
                      [--^selector[=<selector_file>]
    (Creates a new workspace.)

    cm ^workspace | ^wk [^create | ^mk] <wk_name> <wk_path> --^dynamic --^tree=[<tree>]
    (Creates a dynamic workspace. This feature is still experimental, and it's
    only available for Windows.)

    wk_name             The new workspace name.
    wk_path             Path of the new workspace.
    rep_spec            Creates the new workspace with the specified repository.
                        Repository specification: check 'cm ^help ^objectspec'.

Options:

    --^selector          Edits a selector for the new workspace.
                        If a selector file is specified, then sets the selector
                        for the new workspace from the specified file.
    --^dynamic           Creates a dynamic workspace. This feature is still
                        experimental, and it's only available for Windows.
                        Specifying this flag requires using the --^tree parameter.
    --^tree              Used with the '--^dynamic' flag, specifies the initial
                        point the dynamic workspace is going to load. It can
                        either be a branch, changeset, or label specification.
                        The workspace will later on use the repository in the
                        spec. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

== CMD_HELP_WORKSPACE_CREATE ==
Remarks:

    - A workspace is a view of the repository mapped to the local filesystem.
      The workspace selector defines the rules that specify workspace content.
      Use 'cm ^showselector' to display a workspace selector or 'cm ^setselector'
      to modify it.
    - If neither rep_spec nor '--^selector' is specified, then the workspace
      will automatically be configured to use the first repository
      (alphabetically) of the server configured in the client.conf file.
    - The dynamic workspaces is a experimental feature (Windows only), and it
      requires the plasticfs.exe program running.

Examples:

    cm ^workspace ^create myworkspace c:\workspace
    cm ^wk ^mk myworkspace /home/john/plastic_view
    (Creates 'myworkspace' workspace in Windows and in Linux respectively.)

    cm ^wk mywktest c:\wks\wktest --^selector=myselector.txt
    (Creates 'mywktest' workspace using the selector in 'myselector.txt' file.)

    cm ^wk mywkprj c:\wks\wkprj myrep@^repserver:localhost:8084
    (Creates 'mywkprj' workspace with the selected repository.)

    cm ^wk mywkprj c:\dynwks\mywkprj --^dynamic --^tree=^br:/main@myrep@localhost:8084
    (Creates dynamic 'mywkprj' workspace with the 'myrep@localhost:8084'
     repository, pointing to '^br:/main' the first time it gets mounted.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WORKSPACE_DELETE ==
Deletes a workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_WORKSPACE_DELETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^workspace | ^wk ^delete | ^rm [<wk_path> | <wkspec>] [--^keepmetadata]

    wk_path             Path of the workspace to be deleted.
    wkspec              Specification of the workspace to delete. (Use 
                        'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)

Options:

    --^keepmetadata      Does not delete the metadata files in the .plastic
                        folder.

== CMD_HELP_WORKSPACE_DELETE ==
Remarks:

    This command deletes a workspace, specified by path or spec.
    If no arguments are specified, current workspace will be assumed.

Examples:

    cm ^workspace ^delete
    (Removes current workspace.)

    cm ^wk ^delete c:\workspace
    cm ^workspace rm /home/danipen/wks
    cm ^wk ^rm ^wk:MiWorkspace
    cm ^wk ^rm ^wk:MiWorkspace@DIGITALIS

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WORKSPACE_LIST ==
Lists workspaces.

== CMD_USAGE_WORKSPACE_LIST ==
Usage:

    cm ^workspace | ^wk [^list | ^ls] [--^format=<str_format>]

Options:

    --^format            Retrieves the output message in a specific format. See
                        Remarks for more info.

== CMD_HELP_WORKSPACE_LIST ==
Remarks:

    This command accepts a format string to show the output.
    The output parameters of this command are the following:

        {0} | {^wkname}          Workspace name.
        {1} | {^machine}         Client machine name.
        {2} | {^path}            Workspace path.
        {3} | {^wkid}            Workspace unique identifier.
        {4} | {^wkspec}          Workspace specification using the format:
                               'wkname@machine'.
        {^tab}                   Inserts a tab space.
        {^newline}               Inserts a new line.

Examples:

    cm ^wk
    (Lists all workspaces.)

    cm ^workspace ^list --^format={0}#{3,40}
    cm ^workspace ^list --^format={^wkname}#{^wkid,40}
    (Lists all workspaces and shows the workspace name, a # symbol and the
    workspace GUID field in 40 spaces, aligned to left.)

    cm ^wk --^format="Workspace {0} in path {2}"
    cm ^wk --^format="Workspace {^wkname} in path {^path}"
    (Lists all workspaces and shows result as formatted strings.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WORKSPACE_MOVE ==
Moves a workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_WORKSPACE_MOVE ==
Usage:

    cm ^workspace | ^wk ^move | ^mv [<wkspec>] <new_path>

Options:

    wkspec              Specification of the workspace to move. (Use 
                        'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about specs.)
    new_path            Workspace will be moved to here.

== CMD_HELP_WORKSPACE_MOVE ==
Remarks:

This command allows users to move a workspace to another location on disk.

Examples:

    cm ^workspace ^move myWorkspace \new\workspaceDirectory
    (Moves 'myWorkspace' to the specified location.)

    cm ^wk ^mv c:\users\maria\wkspaces\newlocation
    (Moves the current workspace to the new location.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WORKSPACE_RENAME ==
Renames a workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_WORKSPACE_RENAME ==
Usage:

    cm ^workspace | ^wk ^rename [<wk_name>] <new_name>

    wk_name             Workspace to rename.
    new_name            New name for the workspace.

== CMD_HELP_WORKSPACE_RENAME ==
Remarks:

    This command renames a workspace.
    If no workspace name is supplied, the current workspace will be used.

Examples:

    cm ^workspace ^rename mywk1 wk2
    (Renames the workspace 'mywk1' to 'wk2'.)

    cm ^wk ^rename newname
    (Renames the current workspace to 'newname'.)

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_WORKSPACESTATUS ==
Shows changes in the workspace.

== CMD_USAGE_WORKSPACESTATUS ==
Usage:

    cm ^status [<wk_path>] [--^changelist[=<name>] | --^changelists] [--^cutignored]
              [ --^header] [ --^noheader] [ --^nomergesinfo] [ --^head]
              [--^short] [--^symlink] [ --^dirwithchanges] [--^xml[=<output_file>]]
              [--^encoding=<name>] [ --^wrp |  --^wkrootrelativepaths]
              [--^fullpaths | --^fp] [<legacy_options>] [<search_types>[ ...]]
              [--^machinereadable [--^startlineseparator=sep]
                [--^endlineseparator=sep] [--^fieldseparator=sep]]

Options:

    wk_path               Path of the workspace where the search will be
                          performed.
    --^changelist          Shows changes in the selected changelist.
    --^changelists         Shows changes grouped in client changelists.
    --^cutignored          Skips the contents of ignored directories.
                          Requires the '--^ignored' search type. See the Search
                          types section for more information.
    --^header              Only prints the workspace status.
    --^noheader            Only prints the modified item search result.
    --^nomergesinfo        Doesn't print the merge info for changes.
    --^head                Prints the status of the last changeset on the branch.
    --^short               Lists only paths that contains changes.
    --^symlink             Applies the operation to the symlink and not to the
                          target.
     --^dirwithchanges     Shows directories that contain changes inside them
                          (added, moved, removed items inside).
    --^xml                 Prints the output in XML format to the standard output.
                          It is possible to specify an output file.
    --^encoding            Used with the --^xml option, specifies the encoding to
                          use in the XML output, i.e.: utf-8.
                          See the MSDN documentation at
                          http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.text.encoding.aspx
                          to get the table of supported encodings and its format, 
                          (at the end of the page, in the "Name" column).
     --^wrp                Print workspace root relative paths instead of
                          current directory relative paths.
    --^fullpaths, --^fp     Force printing absolute paths, overriding any other
                          path printing setting.
    --^machinereadable     Outputs the result in an easy-to-parse format.
    --^startlineseparator  Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                          specifies how the lines should start.
    --^endlineseparator    Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                          specifies how the lines should end.
    --^fieldseparator      Used with the '--^machinereadable' flag,
                          specifies how the fields should be separated.

Legacy options:

    --^cset              Prints the workspace status in the legacy format.
    --^compact           Prints the workspace status and changelists in the
                        legacy format.
    --^noheaders         When used in conjunction with the '--^compact' flag, the
                        changelist headers will not be printed. (Does not apply
                        to the new changelists format.)

Search types:

    --^added                         Prints added items.
    --^checkout                      Prints checkedout items.
    --^changed                       Prints changed items.
    --^copied                        Prints copied items.
    --^replaced                      Prints replaced items.
    --^deleted                       Prints deleted items.
    --^localdeleted                  Prints locally deleted items.
    --^moved                         Prints moved items.
    --^localmoved                    Prints locally moved items.
    --^percentofsimilarity=<value>   Percent of similarity between two files in
                                    order to consider them the same item. Used
                                    in the locally moved search. Its default
                                    value is 20%.
    --^txtsameext                    Only those text files that have the same
                                    extension will be taken into account by the
                                    similarity content matching process during
                                    the moved items search. By default, any
                                    text file will be processed.
    --^binanyext                     Any binary file will be taken into account
                                    by the similarity content matching process
                                    during the moved items search. By default,
                                    only those binary files that have the same
                                    extension will be processed.
    --^private                       Prints non controlled items.
    --^ignored                       Prints ignored items.
    --^hiddenchanged                 Prints hidden changed items. (Includes 
                                    '--^changed')
    --^cloaked                       Prints cloaked items.
    --^controlledchanged             This flag substitutes the following options:
                                    '--^added', '--^checkout', '--^copied',
                                     '--^replaced', '--^deleted', '--^moved'.
    --^all                           This flag replaces the following parameters:
                                    '--^controlledchanged', '--^changed',
                                    '--^localdeleted', '--^localmoved', '--^private'.

== CMD_HELP_WORKSPACESTATUS ==
Remarks:

    The '^status' command prints the loaded changeset on a workspace and gets
    the changed elements inside the workspace.

    This command can be used to show the pending changes in a workspace; the
    type of changes that can be searched can be modified by using the command
    parameters. By default, all changes are displayed, be they controlled
    or local.

    The percent of similarity parameter '--^percentofsimilarity' (-^p) is used
    by the locally moved search to decide if two elements are the same item.
    The default value is 20% but it can be adjusted.

    It is possible to show workspace changes grouped by client changelists.
    The '^default' changelist includes the changes that are not included in
    other changelists. That being said, the changes the default changelist
    will show depends on the search types flags specified.

    Showing changes grouped by changelists requires showing controlled
    changes too (items with status equal to '^added', '^checkout', '^copied',
    '^replaced', '^deleted', or '^moved'). So, the '--^controlledchanged' option
    will be automatically enabled when changelists are shown.

    The default encoding for XML output is utf-8.

    By default, this command will print current directory relative paths,
    unless the '--^machinereadable' or '--^short' flags are specified. If
    any of them are specified, the command will print absolute paths.

    If '--^xml' flag is specified, workspace root relative paths will
    be printed (unless the '--^fp' flag is also specified, printing
    absolute paths instead).

Examples:

    cm ^status
    (Prints the working changeset and also all item types changed in the 
    workspace, except the ignored ones.)

    cm ^status --^controlledchanged
    (Prints the working changeset and also the items that are checkedout, added,
    copied, replaced, deleted, and moved.)

    cm ^status --^added
    (Prints only the working changeset and the added items inside the workspace.)

    cm ^status c:\workspaceLocation\code\client --^added
    (Prints the working changeset and the added items under the specified path
    recursively.)

    cm ^status --^changelists
    cm ^status --^changelist
    (Shows all the workspace changes grouped by client changelists.)

    cm ^status --^changelist=pending_to_review
    (Shows the changes on the changelist named 'pending_to_review'.)

    cm ^status --^changelist=default --^private
    (Shows the changes in the 'default' changelist, showing private items, along
    with items with controlled changes, if any.)

    cm ^status --^short --^changelist=pending_to_review | cm ^checkin -
    (Checkins the changes in the changelist 'pending_to_review'.)

    cm ^status C:\workspaceLocation --^xml=output.xml
    (Gets the status information in XML format and using utf-8 in the file
    output.xml.)

    cm ^status --^ignored
    (Shows all ignored items.)
    Output:
    /main@myrepo@local (^cs:2 - ^head)
    ^Added
        Status     Size       Last Modified     Path

        ^Ignored    0 bytes    19 seconds ago    out\app.exe
        ^Ignored               48 seconds ago    src
        ^Ignored    0 bytes    48 seconds ago    src\version.c

    cm ^status --^ignored --^cutignored
    (Shows ignored files whose parent directory is not ignored and ignored 
    directories but not their contents.)
    Output:
    /main@myrepo@local (^cs:2 - ^head)
    ^Added
        Status     Size       Last Modified     Path

        ^Ignored    0 bytes    19 seconds ago    out\app.exe
        ^Ignored               48 seconds ago    src

== CMD_DESCRIPTION_XLINK ==
Creates, edits, or displays details of an Xlink.

== CMD_USAGE_XLINK ==
Usage:

    cm ^xlink [-^w] [-^rs] <xlink_path> / (<csetspec> | <lbspec> | <brspec)>
             [<expansion_rules>[ ...]]
    (Creates an Xlink.)

    cm ^xlink [-^rs] <xlink_path> /<relative_path> (<csetspec> | <lbspec> | <brspec>)
             [<expansion_rules>[ ...]]
    (Creates a readonly partial Xlink pointing to /<relative_path> instead of
    the default root / .)

    cm ^xlink -^e <xlink_path> (<csetspec> | <lbspec> | <brspec>)
    (Edits an Xlink to change the target specification.)

    cm ^xlink -^s|--^show <xlink_path>
    (Shows the Xlink information including the expansion rules.)

    cm ^xlink -^ar|--^addrules <xlink_path> <expansion_rules>[ ...]
    (Adds the given expansion rules to the Xlink).

    cm ^xlink -^dr|--^deleterules <xlink_path> <expansion_rules>[ ...]
    (Removes the given expansion rules from the Xlink).

    xlink_path          This is the directory in the current workspace where
                        the linked repository will be mounted (when creating an
                        Xlink) or is mounted (when editing an Xlink).
    csetspec            The full target changeset specification in the remote
                        repository.
                        This determines what version and branch is loaded in the
                        workspace for the linked repository.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about changeset
                        specs.)
    lbspec              The full label specification in the remote repository.
                        (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to learn more about label
                        specs.)
    brspec              The full branch specification in the remote repository.
                        This uses the current changeset where the specified
                        branch is pointing to. (Use 'cm ^help ^objectspec' to
                        learn more about branch specs.)
    -^e                  Edits an existing Xlink to change the target changeset
                        specification.
    -^s | --^show         Shows information about the selected Xlink.
    -^ar | --^addrules    Adds one or more expansion rules to the selected Xlink.
    -^dr | --^deleterules Deletes one or more expansion rules from the selected
                        Xlink.
    expansion_rules     To specify one or more expansion rule. Each expansion
                        rule is a pair branch-target branch:
                        ^br:/main/fix-^br:/main/develop/fix

Options:

    -^w                  Indicates that the Xlink is writable. This means that
                        the contents of the target repository can be modified
                        through branch autoexpansion.
    -^rs                 Relative server. This option allows creating a relative
                        Xlink that is independent of the repository server. This
                        way, Xlinks created in replicated repositories in
                        different servers will be automatically identified.

== CMD_HELP_XLINK ==
Remarks:

    This command creates an Xlink to a given changeset. By default, a read-only
    Xlink is created. This means that the contents loaded in the workspace
    inside the Xlink cannot be modified. To be able to make changes in the
    Xlinked content, create a writable Xlink instead (using the '-^w' option).

    It is possible to use a simplified syntax of the command when editing the
    target changeset of an Xlink. This way, the only required parameter is the
    new target changeset. The rest of parameters of the Xlink will not be
    modified.

    Branch auto-expansion:

    When a change is made in any writable-xlinked repositories ('-^w' option), a
    new branch needs to be created in the target repository. The name of the
    new branch is based on the checkout branch defined in the top-level
    repository. To determine the name of the branch to use, these rules apply:

    1) A check is made to see if a branch with the same full name exists
       in the target repository:
         - If it exists, this is used as the checkout branch.
         - If it does not exist, the branch name is built this way:
           - Name of the branch of the target Xlinked changeset + short name of
             the checkout branch (last part).
           - If this branch exists, it is used as the checkout branch.
           - Otherwise, the branch is created and the branch base is set to the
             Xlinked changeset.

    2) A new version of the Xlink is created in the branch on the parent
        repository pointing to the new changeset in the Xlinked repository.

    Finally, the complete Xlink structure is kept up to date with the latest
    changes in the right versions.

Examples:

    cm ^xlink code\firstrepo / 1@first@localhost:8084
    (Creates an Xlink in folder 'firstrepo' in the current workspace where the
    changeset '1' in the repository 'first' will be mounted.)

    cm ^xlink opengl\include /includes/opengl 1627@includes@localhost:8087
    (Creates a readonly partial Xlink in directory 'opengl\include' in the
     current workspace where the path '/includes/opengl' in changeset '1627' in
     the repository 'includes' will be mounted as root. It means that whatever
     is inside '/includes/opengl' will be mounted in 'opengl\include' while the
    rest of the repository will be ignored.)

    cm ^xlink -^w -^rs code\secondrepo / ^lb:LB001@second@localhost:8084
    (Creates a writable and relative Xlink in folder 'secondrepo' in the
     current workspace where the label 'LB001' in the repository 'second' will
    be mounted.)

    cm ^xlink code\thirdrepo / 3@third@localhost:8087 ^br:/main-^br:/main/scm003
    (Creates an Xlink in folder 'thirdrepo' in the current workspace where the
    changeset '3' in the repository 'third' will be mounted.)

    cm ^xlink -^e code\secondrepo ^br:/main/task1234@second@localhost:8084
    (Edits the Xlink 'code\secondrepo' to change the target repository by
    linking the branch 'main/task1234' in the repository 'second'.)

    cm ^xlink --^show code\thirdrepo
    (Shows information of the Xlink 'code\thirdrepo' including its expansion
     rules if exist).

    cm ^xlink -^ar code\secondrepo ^br:/main-^br:/main/develop ^br:/main/fix-^br:/main/develop/fix
    (Adds two expansion rules to the xlink 'code\secondrepo'.)

    cm ^xlink -^dr code\secondrepo ^br:/main/fix-^br:/main/develop/fix
    (Deletes the expansion rule from the xlink 'code\secondrepo').

== CMD_USAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE ==
Usage:

    cm ^autocomplete ^install
    (Installs 'cm' command completion in the shell.)

    cm ^autocomplete ^uninstall
    (Uninstalls 'cm' command completion from the shell.)

    cm ^autocomplete --^line <shell_line> --^position <cursor_position>
    (Returns autocomplete suggestions for 'shell_line' to be inserted at
     'cursor_position'. This command is not intended to be used by the final
     user, but it is documented in case you want to extend autocompletion
    support for your shell of choice.)

    shell_line      The line the user has written into the shell when the
                    autocompletion was requested.
                    In Bash, it is at the COMP_LINE environment variable.
                    In PowerShell, it is at the $wordToComplete variable.
    cursor_position The position of the cursor when the autocompletion was
                    requested.
                    In Bash, it is at the COMP_POINT environment variable.
                    In PowerShell, it is at the $cursorPosition variable.